NO316749B1 - New camptothecin analogs, their preparation methods, their use as pharmaceuticals and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogs - Google Patents

New camptothecin analogs, their preparation methods, their use as pharmaceuticals and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogs Download PDF

Info

Publication number
NO316749B1
NO316749B1 NO19975988A NO975988A NO316749B1 NO 316749 B1 NO316749 B1 NO 316749B1 NO 19975988 A NO19975988 A NO 19975988A NO 975988 A NO975988 A NO 975988A NO 316749 B1 NO316749 B1 NO 316749B1
Authority
NO
Norway
Prior art keywords
ethyl
hydroxy
alkyl
indolizino
quinoline
Prior art date
Application number
NO19975988A
Other languages
Norwegian (no)
Other versions
NO975988D0 (en
NO975988L (en
Inventor
Dennis C H Bigg
Jacques Pommier
Olivier Lavergne
Francesc Pla Rodas
Gerard Ulibarri
Original Assignee
Sod Conseils Rech Applic
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GBGB9512670.2A external-priority patent/GB9512670D0/en
Application filed by Sod Conseils Rech Applic filed Critical Sod Conseils Rech Applic
Publication of NO975988D0 publication Critical patent/NO975988D0/en
Publication of NO975988L publication Critical patent/NO975988L/en
Publication of NO316749B1 publication Critical patent/NO316749B1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/22Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains four or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/61Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04Ortho-condensed systems

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Cephalosporin Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Camptothecin analogues where the camptothecin hydroxy lactone is: (i) a beta -hydroxy lactone; or (ii) the corresp. beta -hydroxy acid resulting from ring-opening of the aforementioned lactone; or a (iii) deriv. of the beta -hydroxy acid in (ii) or its one of its salts. Also claimed are new industrial prods. of formula (M) and (A). R1 = lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, halo(lower alkyl), lower alkoxy(lower alkyl) or lower alkylthio(lower alkyl); R20 = H or halo; R22 = F, Cl, or lower alkoxy; R23 = prim. hydroxy-protecting gp.; and R18, R19 = H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or OH.

Description

Foreliggende oppfinnelse vedrører nye camptothecin-analoger, fremstillingsmetoder for disse, anvendelse derav som legemidler og farmasøytiske blandinger inneholdende nevnte analoger. The present invention relates to new camptothecin analogues, production methods for these, use thereof as medicines and pharmaceutical mixtures containing said analogues.

Camptothecin er en naturlig forbindelse som første gang ble isolert fra bladene og barken til den kinesiske planten betegnet camptotheca acuminata (se Wall et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 88: 3888 (1996)). Camptothecin er en pentacyklisk forbindelse bestående av et indolizino[1,2-]kinolin-fragment kondensert med et seks-leddet a-hydroksylakton. Karbonatomet i posisjon 20, som bærer a-hydroksy-gruppen er asymmetrisk og gir molekylet dreiningsegenskaper. Den naturlige formen av camptothecin har absolutt S-konfigurasjon til karbone 120 Camptothecin is a natural compound first isolated from the leaves and bark of the Chinese plant camptotheca acuminata (see Wall et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 88: 3888 (1996)). Camptothecin is a pentacyclic compound consisting of an indolizino[1,2-]quinoline fragment condensed with a six-membered α-hydroxylactone. The carbon atom in position 20, which carries the α-hydroxy group, is asymmetric and gives the molecule rotational properties. The natural form of camptothecin has absolute S configuration at carbon 120

og har den følgende formel: and has the following formula:

Camptothecin har anti-proliferativ aktivitet for flere cancerøse cellelinjer, omfattene cellelinjene til tumorer i kolon, lunge og bryst hos mennesker (Suffness, M. et al.: The Alkaloids Chemistry and Pharmacology, Bross, A., ed., Vol. 25, s. 73 (Academic Press, 1985)). Det er antydet at den anti-proliferative aktiviteten til camptothecin har forbindelse med dets hemmende aktivitet på topoisomerase I i DNA. Camptothecin has anti-proliferative activity for several cancerous cell lines, including the cell lines of human colon, lung and breast tumors (Suffness, M. et al.: The Alkaloids Chemistry and Pharmacology, Bross, A., ed., Vol. 25, p. 73 (Academic Press, 1985)). It has been suggested that the anti-proliferative activity of camptothecin is related to its inhibitory activity on DNA topoisomerase I.

Det har vært angitt at a-hydroksylaktonet var en absolutt betingelse både for in vivo- og in vitro-aktiviteten til camptothecin (Camptothecins : New Anticancer Agents, Putmesil, M., et al., ed., s.. 27 (CRC Press, 1995); Wall, M. et al. It has been indicated that the α-hydroxylactone was an absolute condition for both the in vivo and in vitro activity of camptothecin (Camptothecins: New Anticancer Agents, Putmesil, M., et al., ed., p. 27 (CRC Press , 1995); Wall, M. et al.

Cancer Res. 55:753 (1995); Hertzberg et al., J. Med. Chem. 32:715 (1982) og Crow et al., J. Med. Chem. 35:4160 (1992)). Foreliggende oppfinnelse angår en ny klasse camptothecin-forbindelser, hvor p-hydroksylakton erstatter det naturlige a-hydroksylakton i camptothecin. Forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse har kraftig biologisk aktivitet som er uventet i forhold til kjent teknikk. Cancer Res. 55:753 (1995); Hertzberg et al., J. Med. Chem. 32:715 (1982) and Crow et al., J. Med. Chem. 35:4160 (1992)). The present invention relates to a new class of camptothecin compounds, where p-hydroxylactone replaces the natural a-hydroxylactone in camptothecin. The compounds according to the present invention have strong biological activity which is unexpected in relation to known technology.

Oppfinnelsen angår således nye camptothecin-forbindelser som skiller seg fra alle kjente camptothecin-forbindelser ved at de inneholder et p-hydroksylakton (eller dets åpne hydroksykarboksyl-form) istedenfor et a-hydroksylakton (eller den åpne hydroksykarboksyl-form); eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt derav. Med camptothecin-forbindelsen skal forstås en forbindelse som har det samme struktur-skjelett som camptothecin (dvs. et indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-fragment som er kondensert til et seksleddet a-hydroksylakton), med eller uten andre kjemiske substitusjoner på skjelett-strukturen (f.eks. camptothecin-forbindelser). Forskjellige camptothecin-forbindelser er velkjent av spesialister, som beskrevet nedenfor. Med p-hydroksylakton menes et lakton som omfatter et ytterligere karbonatom mellom karbonet i karboksyl-gruppen og a-karbonatomet som bærer hydroksy-gruppen i a-hydroksylaktonet. p-hydroksylaktonet kan være en cyklisk gruppe med syv ledd, hvor ester-bindingen mellom karbonyl-gruppen og det nabostilte oksygenatomet blir hydrolysert, hvilket resulterer i dannelse av en karboksylsyre-gruppe og en hydroksyl-gruppe, hvilke grupper kan være substituert eller usubstituert. The invention thus relates to new camptothecin compounds which differ from all known camptothecin compounds in that they contain a β-hydroxylactone (or its open hydroxycarboxyl form) instead of an α-hydroxylactone (or the open hydroxycarboxyl form); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The camptothecin compound is to be understood as a compound having the same structural skeleton as camptothecin (i.e. an indolizino[1,2-b] quinoline fragment condensed to a six-membered α-hydroxylactone), with or without other chemical substitutions on the skeletal structure (e.g. camptothecin compounds). Various camptothecin compounds are well known to those skilled in the art, as described below. By p-hydroxylactone is meant a lactone which comprises an additional carbon atom between the carbon in the carboxyl group and the a-carbon atom which carries the hydroxy group in the a-hydroxylactone. The p-hydroxylactone can be a cyclic group with seven members, where the ester bond between the carbonyl group and the neighboring oxygen atom is hydrolysed, resulting in the formation of a carboxylic acid group and a hydroxyl group, which groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.

En camptothecin-forbindelse ifølge oppfinnelsen kan omfatte substitusjoner på indolizino[1,2-5]-kinolin-fragmentet (f.eks. for å forbedre oppløseligheten til forbindelsen) eller på det åpne eller lukkede p-hydroksylakton (f.eks. for å forbedre stabiliteten av forbindelsen). Eksempler på substitusjoner på lukket p-hydroksylakton omfatter alkyl-substitusjon (f.eks. etyl) på p-karbonatomet. Eksempler på substitusjon på det åpne p-hydroksylakton omfatter alkyl-substitusjon på p-karbonatomet, substitusjoner (f.eks. amidering) på den resulterende karboksylsyre og substitusjoner (f.eks. forestring) eller utelukkelser på den resulterende hydroksyl-gruppe. A camptothecin compound according to the invention may comprise substitutions on the indolizino[1,2-5]-quinoline fragment (e.g. to improve the solubility of the compound) or on the open or closed p-hydroxylactone (e.g. to improve the stability of the connection). Examples of substitutions on closed p-hydroxylactone include alkyl substitution (eg ethyl) on the p-carbon atom. Examples of substitution on the open p-hydroxylactone include alkyl substitution on the p-carbon atom, substitutions (eg amidation) on the resulting carboxylic acid and substitutions (eg esterification) or exclusions on the resulting hydroxyl group.

Oppfinnelsen angår mer spesielt forbindelser med formel (I) og formel (II), The invention relates more particularly to compounds of formula (I) and formula (II),

i racemisk eller enantiomer form eller hvilke som helst kombinasjoner av disse former, hvor in racemic or enantiomeric form or any combination of these forms, where

Ri representerer en lavere-alkyl, en lavere-alkenyl, en lavere-halogenalkyl eller en lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl; R 1 represents a lower-alkyl, a lower-alkenyl, a lower-haloalkyl, or a lower-alkyl-lower-alkyl;

R2. R3 og R4 uavhengig representerer H, halogen, lavere-halogenalkyl, R2. R 3 and R 4 independently represent H, halogen, lower-haloalkyl,

lavere-alkyl, nitro, amido, lavere-amidoalkyl, hydrazino, lavere-hydrazinoalkyl, azido, lavere-azidoalkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mOR6, (CH2)mSR6, (CH2)mC(0)R8, OC(0)NR6R7, (CH2)n[N=X] eller (CH2)mOC(0)[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert, hvor substituenten er en lavere-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lavere-alkylamino, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, lavere-alkoksy eller lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl eller OC(0)[N=X], eller R2 og R3 danner sammen en kjede med 3 eller 4 ledd hvor de nevnte ledd i kjeden er valgt fra gruppen bestående lower-alkyl, nitro, amido, lower-amidoalkyl, hydrazino, lower-hydrazinoalkyl, azido, lower-azidoalkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mOR6, (CH2)mSR6, (CH2)mC(0)R8, OC( 0)NR6R7, (CH2)n[N=X] or (CH2)mOC(0)[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted, wherein the substituent is a lower-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lower-alkylamino, lower -halogenoalkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower-alkyl or lower-alkyl-lower-alkyl or OC(0)[N=X], or R2 and R3 together form a chain with 3 or 4 links where the mentioned links in the chain are chosen from the existing group

av CH, CH2, O, S, N eller NR9; of CH, CH2, O, S, N or NR9;

R5 representerer H, halogen, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-alkyl, lavere-alkoksy, lavere-alkoksy lavere-alkyl, lavere-alkyltio lavere-alkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, nitro, (CH2)mC(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6C(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mN(CH3)(CH2)nNR6R7, (CH2)mOC(0)R8, (CH2)mOC(0)NR6R7, (CH2)n[N=X] eller OC(0)[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert, hvor substituenten er en lavere-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lavere-alkylamino, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-hydroksyatkyl, lavere-alkoksy eller lavere-alkoksy lavere-alkyl; eller (CH2)mOC(0)[N=X]; R5 represents H, halogen, lower-halogenoalkyl, lower-alkyl, lower-alkoxy, lower-alkoxy lower-alkyl, lower-alkylthio lower-alkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, nitro, (CH2)mC(0)R8, (CH2) mNR6C(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mN(CH3)(CH2)nNR6R7, (CH2)mOC(0)R8, (CH2)mOC(0)NR6R7, (CH2)n[N=X] or OC(0)[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted, wherein the substituent is a lower-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lower-alkylamino, lower-halogenoalkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower-alkyl, or lower-alkyllower- alkyl; or (CH2)mOC(0)[N=X];

R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, R6 and R7 independently represent H, a lower-alkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl,

lavere-alkylamino-lavere-alkyl, lavere-aminoalkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere- cykloalkyl-alkyl, lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl, aryl, lavere-arylalkyl eller lavere-halogenalkyl; lower-alkylamino-lower-alkyl, lower-aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, lower-cycloalkyl-alkyl, lower-alkoxy-lower-alkyl, aryl, lower-arylalkyl or lower-haloalkyl;

R8 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, lavere-alkylamino, lavere-alkylamino lavere-alkyl, lavere-aminoalkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere-cykloalkyl-alkyl, lavere-alkenyl, lavere-alkoksy, lavere-alkoksy lavere-alkyl, lavere-halogenalkyl, aryl eller lavere-aryl- alkyl; R 8 represents H, a lower-alkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower-alkylamino, lower-alkylamino lower-alkyl, lower-aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, lower-cycloalkyl-alkyl, lower-alkenyl, lower-alkoxy, lower-alkoxy lower-alkyl , lower-haloalkyl, aryl or lower-arylalkyl;

Rg representerer H, en lavere-alkyl eller lavere-halogenalkyl; R 8 represents H, a lower alkyl or lower haloalkyl;

R10 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, lavere-halogenalkyl eller lavere-alkoksy; R 10 represents H, a lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl or lower alkoxy;

Ri 6 representerer OR21; Ri 6 represents OR21;

Ri 7 representerer OR6 eller NR6R7; R 1 7 represents OR 6 or NR 6 R 7 ;

R18. R19 og R20 representerer H; R18. R 19 and R 20 represent H;

R21 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl.CHO eller C(0)(CH2)mCH3; R 21 represents H, a lower alkyl.CHO or C(O)(CH 2 )mCH 3 ;

m er et helt tal) fra og med 0 til og med 6; m is an integer) from 0 to 6;

n er 1 eller 2; og n is 1 or 2; and

q representerer et helt tall fra 0 til 2; og q represents an integer from 0 to 2; and

[N=X] representerer en heterocyklisk gruppe med 4 til 7 ledd og X [N=X] represents a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group and X

representerer kjeden som er nødvendig for å fullføre nevnte heterocykliske gruppe, og er valgt fra gruppen bestående av O, S, CH2, CH, N, NRj og COR10; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav; represents the chain necessary to complete said heterocyclic group and is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH 2 , CH, N, NR 1 and COR 10 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;

idet det skal forstås at "lavere", når den angir alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoksy eller alkyltio betyr opptil 6 karbonatomer. it being understood that "lower" when it denotes alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy or alkylthio means up to 6 carbon atoms.

Oppfinnelsen angår videre spesielt forbindelser med formel I som definert, i hvilke Ri representerer etyl; R2 og R3 uavhengig representerer H, lavere alkyl, halogen, halogen-lavere alkyl eller (CH2)mOR6. eller R2 og R3 danner sammen metylendioksy eller etylendioksy; og R4 og R5 representerer uavhengig H, lavere alkyl, {CH2)mNR6R7 eller (CH2)n[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert med lavere alkyl, samt farmasøytisk akseptable salter derav. Fortrinnsvis representerer R4 H eller (CH2)mNR6R7 hvor R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H eller lavere alkyl, og R5 representerer H, lavere alkyl eller (CH2)n[N=X] substituert eller ikke substituert med lavere alkyl; som eksempel på [N=X] som er substituert eller ikke substituert, kan angis piperidyl, morfolinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolyl og 4-metylpiperazinyl. The invention further particularly relates to compounds of formula I as defined, in which Ri represents ethyl; R2 and R3 independently represent H, lower alkyl, halogen, halogen-lower alkyl or (CH2)mOR6. or R2 and R3 together form methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy; and R4 and R5 independently represent H, lower alkyl, {CH2)mNR6R7 or (CH2)n[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted with lower alkyl, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Preferably, R4 represents H or (CH2)mNR6R7 where R6 and R7 independently represent H or lower alkyl, and R5 represents H, lower alkyl or (CH2)n[N=X] substituted or unsubstituted with lower alkyl; as examples of [N=X] which is substituted or unsubstituted, piperidyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolyl and 4-methylpiperazinyl can be given.

Mer foretrukket representerer R2 H eller halogen, og fortrinnsvis H, klor eller fluor; og R3 representerer H, lavere alkyl, halogen, eller OR6 hvor R6 representerer H, lavere alkyl eller aryl-lavere alkyl, og fortrinnsvis H, fluor, klor, metyl eller metoksy. Tilsvarende foretrukket danner R2 og R3 sammen metylendioksy eller etylendioksy;. More preferably, R 2 represents H or halogen, and preferably H, chlorine or fluorine; and R 3 represents H, lower alkyl, halogen, or OR 6 where R 6 represents H, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl, and preferably H, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or methoxy. Correspondingly preferably, R2 and R3 together form methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy.

Mer spesielt angår oppfinnelsen produktene beskrevet nedenfor i eksemplene, spesielt produktene svarende til de følgende formler: - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizin [1,2-6] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-10H,12H-[1,4] dioxino [2,3-g] oksepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-10,13 (15H)-dion - 10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10,-dihydroksy-1H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion -11-(dimetylamino)mety1-5-etyf^,5-dihydro-5,10-dih<y>droks<y>-1 H-oksepino [3\4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-6] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion , - 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-1 /-/-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9,10-difluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4,:6)7]indolizino[1l2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-9W,11H-[1,3] dioksolo [4,5-g] oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-9,12[14H]-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15{4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1, 2- b] kinolin-3,15{4H, 13H)-dion - 9,11-dikIor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-d ion - 5-etyl-9-flouro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 10-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15{4H,13H)-dion - 10-klor-5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1, 2- b] kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-11-morfolino metyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5,12-dietyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1H-oksepino[3,,4':6,7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15{4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-metyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-(4-metyl piperazinometyl) More particularly, the invention concerns the products described below in the examples, especially the products corresponding to the following formulas: - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizine [ 1,2-6] quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5,12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7]- indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 8-ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy-10H,12H-[1,4]dioxino [ 2,3-g] oxepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-10,13 (15H)-dione - 10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro- 5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro- 5,10,-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione -11-(dimethylamino)methyl- 5-Ethyph^,5-dihydro-5,10-di<y>drox<y>-1 H -oxepino [3\4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-6] quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2 -b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione , - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-1 /-/-o xepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9,10-difluoro-4,5-dihydro-5 -hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4,:6)7]indolizino[1l2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 7-ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy- 9W,11H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-9,12[14H]-dione - 9- chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15{4H ,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1, 2-b] quinoline-3 ,15{4H, 13H)-dione - 9,11-dichloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2- b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-di ion - 5-ethyl-9-flouro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6 ,7] indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1 H -oxepino [3', 4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 10-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15{4H,13H)-dione - 10-chloro-5-ethyl-9-f luoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1 H -oxepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1, 2- b ]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5, 12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-11-morpholino methyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 ( 4H,13H)-dione - 5,12-diethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2 -b]quinoline-3,15{4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-methyl-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-12-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)

-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1, 2- b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion -1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

- 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-morfolinometyM H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-(4-metyl piperazinometyl)-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-piperidinometyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepinol[3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-{4-metylpiperazinometyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1 H-oksepino [3,,4':6,7]tndolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-{4-metylpiperazinometyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-piperidinometyl-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-16-(4-metyl piperazinometyl)-10H.12H-[1,4] dioxino [2,3-g] oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-10,13[15H]-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1 H-oksepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinoltn-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-12-morpholinomethyl H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline- 3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-piperidinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6 ,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepinol[3',4 ':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-{4- methylpiperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5- dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3,,4':6,7]tndolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl- 9-Fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-{4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] quinoline- 3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7 ]indole izino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-piperidinomethyl-1 H- oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 8-ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy -16-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)-10H,12H-[1,4] dioxino [2,3-g] oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-10 ,13[15H]-dione - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoltene-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav. or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Særlig foretrukket er forbindelsen -5-etyl-9,10-difluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3,,4,:6I7]indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion ; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav. Particularly preferred is the compound -5-ethyl-9,10-difluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3,,4,:6I7]indolizino[1,2-b] quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Oppfinnelsen angår mer spesielt forbindelser med formel II som definert ovenfor, i hvilke F?2 og R3 uavhengig representerer H, lavere alkyl, halogen, halogen-lavere alkyl eller (CH2)mOR6, eller R2 og R3 danner sammen metylendioksy eller etylendioksy; R4 og R5 representerer uavhengig H, lavere alkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7, eller (CH2)n[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert med lavere alkyl; R20 representerer H og R17 representerer OR6, hvor R6 representerer H eller lavere alkyl, eller NR6R7 hvor R6 og R7, uavhengig, representerer H, lavere alkyl, aryl eller aryl-lavere alkyl, samt farmasøytisk akseptable salter derav. Fortrinnsvis representerer R4 H eller (CH2)mNR6R7. hvor R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H eller lavere alkyl; R5 representerer H, lavere alkyl eller (CH2)n[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert med lavere alkyl; og R17 representerer OR6 hvor R6 representerer H eller lavere alkyl; eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt derav. Som eksempe på [N=X] substituert eller ikke substituert, kan angis restene piperidyl, morfolinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolyl og 4-metylpiperazinyl. The invention relates more particularly to compounds of formula II as defined above, in which F?2 and R3 independently represent H, lower alkyl, halogen, halogen-lower alkyl or (CH2)mOR6, or R2 and R3 together form methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy; R4 and R5 independently represent H, lower alkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7, or (CH2)n[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted with lower alkyl; R 20 represents H and R 17 represents OR 6 , where R 6 represents H or lower alkyl, or NR 6 R 7 where R 6 and R 7 , independently, represent H, lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Preferably, R4 represents H or (CH2)mNR6R7. wherein R 6 and R 7 independently represent H or lower alkyl; R 5 represents H, lower alkyl or (CH 2 ) n [N=X] unsubstituted or substituted with lower alkyl; and R 17 represents OR 6 where R 6 represents H or lower alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of [N=X] substituted or unsubstituted are the residues piperidyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolyl and 4-methylpiperazinyl.

Mer foretrukket representerer R2 H eller halogen og fortrinnsvis H, klor eller fluor; R3 representerer H, lavere alkyl, halogen eller OR6 hvor R6 representerer H, lavere alkyl eller aryl-lavere alkyl og fortrinnsvis H, fluor, klor, metyl eller metoksy. Mer foretrukket danner likeledes R2 og R3 sammen metylendioksy eller etylendioksy. More preferably R 2 represents H or halogen and preferably H, chlorine or fluorine; R 3 represents H, lower alkyl, halogen or OR 6 where R 6 represents H, lower alkyl or aryl-lower alkyl and preferably H, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or methoxy. More preferably, R2 and R3 together also form methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy.

Mer spesielt angår oppfinnelsen produktene beskrevet nedenfor i eksemplene, spesielt produktene med de følgende formler: - fert-butyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1, 2- b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - etyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] kinoltn-7-yl)-propionat - p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-propionsyre - metyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-{8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - etyl-p-etyl-a,a-difluor-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - etyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-priopionat - tert-butyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indoliztno-[1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - p-etyl-y-(12-etyl-8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-p-hydroksy-propionsyre - y-(12-benzyloksy-8-hydroksymetyl-9-ozo (11H)-indolizino [1,2-6] kinolin-7-yl)-P-etyl-p-hydroksy-propionsyre (E) More particularly, the invention concerns the products described below in the examples, especially the products with the following formulas: - tert-butyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1, 2 - b] quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - ethyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-6]quinoltn-7- yl)-propionate - p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] quinolin-7-yl)-propionic acid - methyl-p-ethyl -p-hydroxy-γ-{8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11 H )-indolizino-[1,2-6] quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - ethyl-p-ethyl-α,α-difluoro- p-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-6] quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - ethyl p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y-(8 -hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-6]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - tert-butyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9- oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-6]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - p-ethyl-y-(12-ethyl-8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1, 2-6] quinolin-7-yl)-p-hydroxy-propionic acid - y-(12-benzyloxy-8-hydroxymethyl-9-ozo (11H) -indolizino[1,2-6]quinolin-7-yl)-P-ethyl-p-hydroxy-propionic acid (E)

eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav. or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Som anvendt her, som forut nevnt, betyr lavere i forbindelse med alkyl, alkyltio og alkoksy mettede, alifatiske hydrokarbongrupper, lineære eller forgrenede, med 1 til 6 karbonatomer, som for eksempel metyl, etyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, metyltio, etyltio, metoksy og etoksy. Når det gjelder alkenyl eller alkynyl, angir disse lavere grupper som har 2 til 6 karbonatomer og én eller flere dobbeltbindinger eller trippelbindinger, som for eksempel vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, pentenyl, heksanyl, propenyl, etynyl, propynyl og butynyl. Betegnelsen cykloalkyl betyr en cyklisk gruppe med 3 til 7 karbonatomer, som for eksempel gruppene cyklopropyl, cyklobutyl, cyklopentyl eller cykloheksyl. Betegnelsen aryl betyr en hydrokarbonforbindelse som er mono-, di- eller tricyklisk med minst én aromatisk ring, idet hver ring inneholder maksimalt 7 ledd, som for eksempel fenyl, naftyl, antracyl, bifenyl eller indenyl. Betegnelsen halogen betyr klor, brom, jod eller fluor. Restene svarende til uttrykkene halogen-lavere alkyl, cyano-lavere alkyl, nitro-lavere alkyl, amido-lavere alkyl, hydrazino-lavere alkyl, azido-lavere alkyl, aryl-lavere alkyl, hydroksy-lavere alkyl, lavere alkoksy-lavere alkyl, lavere alkyltio-lavere alkyl, og lavere alkyl-sulfonyl-lavere alkyl er substituert med henholdsvis én til tre av gruppene halogen, cyano, nitro, amido, hydrazino, azido, aryl, hydroksy, lavere alkoksy, lavere alkyltio eller lavere sulfonyl. Resten lavere alkylamino kan inneholde én eller to lavere alkyl-grupper, og representerer for eksempel NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, N(CH3)2 eller N(CH3)(CH2CH3). Eksempler på [N=X] omfatter gruppene piperidinyl, morfolinyl, piperizinyl og imidazolyl. As used herein, as previously mentioned, lower in connection with alkyl, alkylthio and alkoxy means saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, linear or branched, having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, methylthio, ethylthio, methoxy and ethoxy. In the case of alkenyl or alkynyl, these denote lower groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and one or more double or triple bonds, such as vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, pentenyl, hexanyl, propenyl, ethynyl, propynyl and butynyl. The term cycloalkyl means a cyclic group with 3 to 7 carbon atoms, such as the groups cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. The term aryl means a hydrocarbon compound which is mono-, di- or tricyclic with at least one aromatic ring, each ring containing a maximum of 7 members, such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl, biphenyl or indenyl. The term halogen means chlorine, bromine, iodine or fluorine. The residues corresponding to the expressions halogen-lower alkyl, cyano-lower alkyl, nitro-lower alkyl, amido-lower alkyl, hydrazino-lower alkyl, azido-lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, lower alkylthio-lower alkyl, and lower alkyl-sulfonyl-lower alkyl are respectively substituted with one to three of the groups halogen, cyano, nitro, amido, hydrazino, azido, aryl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio or lower sulfonyl. The remainder lower alkylamino may contain one or two lower alkyl groups, and represents, for example, NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, N(CH3)2 or N(CH3)(CH2CH3). Examples of [N=X] include the groups piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperizinyl and imidazolyl.

Hos camptothecin er karbonatomet med hydroksy-funksjonen på ]3-hydroksyiaktonet eller B-hydroksykarboksylat-gruppen til forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse, asymmetrisk. Følgelig har forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse to mulige enantiomer-konfigurasjoner, dvs. R- og S-konfigurasjoner. Foreliggende oppfinnelse omfatter de to enantiomer-konfigurasjonene og alle kombinasjoner av disse konfigurasjonene, også RS-racemiske blandinger. For enkelhets skyld skal forstås at når det ikke er angitt en spesiell konfigurasjon i struktur-formlene, er begge de to enantiomer-konfigurasjonene og blandinger av dem representert. In camptothecin, the carbon atom with the hydroxy function on the 3-hydroxyactone or the B-hydroxycarboxylate group of the compounds according to the present invention is asymmetric. Accordingly, the compounds according to the present invention have two possible enantiomeric configurations, i.e. R and S configurations. The present invention encompasses the two enantiomer configurations and all combinations of these configurations, also RS-racemic mixtures. For the sake of simplicity, it should be understood that when no particular configuration is indicated in the structural formulas, both the two enantiomer configurations and mixtures thereof are represented.

Oppfinnelsen omfatter videre fremgangsmåter for fremstilling av forbindelsene med de generelle formler I og II, enten ved å starte fra camptothecin eller substituert camptothecin, eller ved total kjemisk syntese. The invention further comprises methods for the preparation of the compounds of the general formulas I and II, either by starting from camptothecin or substituted camptothecin, or by total chemical synthesis.

Oppfinnelsen angår således en fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av forbindelser med formlene I og II ifølge oppfinnelsen fra camptothecin eller substituert camptothecin, karakterisert ved at The invention thus relates to a method for producing compounds with formulas I and II according to the invention from camptothecin or substituted camptothecin, characterized in that

- ct-hydroksylaktonet av camptothecin med den generelle formel - the ct-hydroxylactone of camptothecin of the general formula

i hvilken Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, reduseres, hvilket gir et a-hydroksylaktol med den generelle formel A in which R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 20 have the meanings given above, is reduced to give an α-hydroxylactol of the general formula A

i hvilken Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, in which R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 20 have the meanings given above,

- i den således dannede forbindelse A brytes karbon-karbon-bindingen som binder nabo-karbinolene ved behandling med et egnet oksydasjonsmiddel, hvilket gir en forbindelse med formel B - in the thus formed compound A, the carbon-carbon bond that binds the neighboring carbinols is broken by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent, which gives a compound of formula B

i hvilken Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor in which R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 20 have the meanings given above

- som deretter behandles med et funksjonelt alkyleringsmiddel, og den funksjonelle formylgruppen i formel B brytes, hvilket gir B-hydroksy-esteren med den generelle formel C - which is then treated with a functional alkylating agent, and the functional formyl group in formula B is broken, giving the B-hydroxy ester of the general formula C

i hvilken Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor og R17 representerer OR6 og R6 representerer lavere alkyl, cykloalkyl, cykloalkyl-lavere alkyl, lavere alkenyl, lavere alkoksy-lavere alkyl, eller aryl eller aryl-lavere alkyl; - forbindelsen med den generelle formel C cykliseres, hvilket gir p-hydroksylakton-forbindelsen med den generelle formel D i hvilken Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, - laktonet med den generelle formel D åpnes, hvilket gir forbindelsen med formel E in which R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 18 . R 19 and R 20 have the meanings given above and R 17 represents OR 6 and R 6 represents lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, or aryl or aryl-lower alkyl; - the compound of the general formula C is cyclized, giving the p-hydroxylactone compound of the general formula D in which Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19 and R20 have the meanings given above, - the lactone of general formula D is opened, giving the compound of formula E

i hvilken Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R17, R18, R19 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor; R16 representerer OR21 hvor R21 representerer H eller lavere alkyl; og R17 representerer OR6 eller NHR6 og R6 representerer H, lavere alkyl, cykloalkyl, cykloalkyl-lavere alkyl, lavere alkenyl, lavere alkoksy-lavere alkyl, eller aryl eller aryl-lavere alkyl. in which R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 have the meanings given above; R 16 represents OR 21 where R 21 represents H or lower alkyl; and R 17 represents OR 6 or NHR 6 and R 6 represents H, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, or aryl or aryl-lower alkyl.

Visse forbindelser med formel E kan også oppnås ved hydrolysering av ester-funksjonen av de tilsvarende forbindelesr med formel C. Forbindelser med den generelle formel E hvor R16 og/eller R„ uavhengig betyr en hydroksy-rest, kan forestres eller amideres under klassiske betingelser kjent av fagfolk på området, hvilket gir estere eller amider med formel E. Certain compounds of formula E can also be obtained by hydrolyzing the ester function of the corresponding compounds of formula C. Compounds of the general formula E where R16 and/or R„ independently represent a hydroxy residue can be esterified or amidated under classical conditions known by those skilled in the art, giving esters or amides of formula E.

Ved fremgangsmåten ovenfor kan gruppene Ri, R2, R3 og R4 om nødvendig beskyttes i henhold til kjente beskyttelsesmetoder (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). Under denne fremgangsmåten skjer reduksjonen ved hjelp av et reduksjonsmiddel i et egnet oppløsningsmiddel så som f.eks. natriumborhydrid i metanol. Trinnet svarende til dannelsen av forbindelse B fra forbindelse A, gjennomføres under oksyderende betingelser, som f.eks. med blytetraacetat, perjodsyre eller natriumperjodat i et egnet oppløsningsmiddel som f.eks. eddiksyre. Behandlingen med et funksjonalisert alkyleringsmiddel kan utføres ved hjelp av et metall-derivat, f.eks. litium eller sink, eller med en karboksylsyreester i et vannfritt, aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel så som f.eks. tetrahydrofuran. Laktoniseringstrinnet for å oppnå forbindelse D fra forbindelse C blir generelt utført under sure betingelser, f.eks. ved behandling med trifluoreddiksyre eller hydroklorid-gass oppløst i et vannfritt oppløsningsmiddel så som diklormetan eller dioksan. Åpningen av lakton-ringen i forbindelse D for å oppnå forbindelse E kan f.eks. utføres ved hydrolysering under alkaliske betingelser, fulgt av nøytralisering. In the above process, the groups R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 can, if necessary, be protected according to known protection methods (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). During this method, the reduction takes place using a reducing agent in a suitable solvent such as e.g. sodium borohydride in methanol. The step corresponding to the formation of compound B from compound A is carried out under oxidizing conditions, such as e.g. with lead tetraacetate, periodic acid or sodium periodate in a suitable solvent such as e.g. acetic acid. The treatment with a functionalized alkylating agent can be carried out using a metal derivative, e.g. lithium or zinc, or with a carboxylic acid ester in an anhydrous, aprotic solvent such as e.g. tetrahydrofuran. The lactonization step to obtain compound D from compound C is generally carried out under acidic conditions, e.g. by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid or hydrochloride gas dissolved in an anhydrous solvent such as dichloromethane or dioxane. The opening of the lactone ring in compound D to obtain compound E can e.g. is carried out by hydrolysis under alkaline conditions, followed by neutralization.

Eksempler på substituerte campotheciner som kan anvendes som utgangsmaterialer, kan finnes i US-patenter nr. 4 473 692, 4 604 463, 4 894 956, 5 162 532, 5 395 939, 5 315 007, 5 264 579, 5 258 516, 5 254 690, 5 212 317 og 5 341 745, PCT-søknader nr. US91/08028, US94/06451, US90/05172, US92/04611, US93/10987, US91/09598, EP94/03058 og EP95/00393 og europeiske patentsøknader nr. 325 247, 495 432, 321 122 og 540 099. Examples of substituted campothecins that can be used as starting materials can be found in US Patent Nos. 4,473,692, 4,604,463, 4,894,956, 5,162,532, 5,395,939, 5,315,007, 5,264,579, 5,258,516, 5,254,690, 5,212,317 and 5,341,745, PCT Applications Nos. US91/08028, US94/06451, US90/05172, US92/04611, US93/10987, US91/09598, EP94/03058 and EP95/00393 and European patent applications no. 325 247, 495 432, 321 122 and 540 099.

Oppfinnelsen angår også en fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av forbindelsene med formlene I og II, karakterisert ved at The invention also relates to a method for producing the compounds with formulas I and II, characterized in that

- en forbindelse med den generelle formel M - a compound of the general formula M

i hvilken Ri, R18 og R19 har betydningene angitt ovenfor og R20 representerer hydrogen eller halogen, kobles med en 2-halogen-3-kinolin-metanol med den generelle formel N i hvilken R2, R3, R4 og R5 har betydningene angitt ovenfor og X representerer halogen, hvilket gir en forbindelse med formel O i hvilken R-|, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19. R20 og X har betydningene angitt ovenfor; - forbindelsen med den generelle formel O cykliseres deretter, hvilket gir forbindelsen med den generelle formel D som angitt ovenfor. in which R 1 , R 18 and R 19 have the meanings given above and R 20 represents hydrogen or halogen, is coupled with a 2-halo-3-quinoline-methanol of the general formula N in which R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the meanings given above and X represents halogen, giving a compound of formula O in which R-|, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 18 . R19. R 20 and X have the meanings given above; - the compound of the general formula O is then cyclized, giving the compound of the general formula D as indicated above.

Ved fremgangsmåten ovenfor kan gruppene Ri, R2, R3 og R4 om nødvendig beskyttes i henhold til kjente beskyttelsesmetoder (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). Dannelsen av forbindelse O fra forbindelsene med de generelle formler M og N blir utført ved en behandling kjent av fagfolk på området, betegnet Mitsunobu-reaksjon (se Mitsunobu, O. og coil. Synthesis, s.1 (1981)). Den består i å erstatte hydroksyl-funksjonen i forbindelse N med et nukleofil så som forbindelse M, eller et deprotonert derivat derav, ved behandling med et fosfin, f.eks. trifenylfosfin, og et azodikarboksylat-derivat, f.eks. dietylazodikarboksylat, i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel som f.eks. tetrahydrofuran eller N,M-dimetylformamid. Cyklisering av forbindelse O skjer fortrinnsvis i nærvær av en palladium-katalysator (f.eks. palladium-diacetat) under basiske betingelser (f.eks. tilveiebragt av alkalisk acetat eventuelt kombinert med et faseoverføringsmiddel som f.eks. tetrabutylammoniumbromid), i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel så som acetonitril eller N,N-dimetylformamid, ved en temperatur mellom 50° C og 120° C (R. Grigg og coil., Tetrahedron 46, side 4003 (1990)). In the above process, the groups R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 can, if necessary, be protected according to known protection methods (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). The formation of compound O from the compounds of the general formulas M and N is carried out by a process known to those skilled in the art, termed the Mitsunobu reaction (see Mitsunobu, O. and coil. Synthesis, p.1 (1981)). It consists in replacing the hydroxyl function in compound N with a nucleophile such as compound M, or a deprotonated derivative thereof, by treatment with a phosphine, e.g. triphenylphosphine, and an azodicarboxylate derivative, e.g. diethyl azodicarboxylate, in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or N,M-dimethylformamide. Cyclization of compound O preferably takes place in the presence of a palladium catalyst (e.g. palladium diacetate) under basic conditions (e.g. provided by alkaline acetate optionally combined with a phase transfer agent such as tetrabutylammonium bromide), in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile or N,N-dimethylformamide, at a temperature between 50° C. and 120° C. (R. Grigg et al., Tetrahedron 46, page 4003 (1990)).

Forbindelsene med den generelle formel M er nye. De kan fremstilles i henhold til en fremgangsmåte karakterisert ved at The compounds of the general formula M are new. They can be produced according to a method characterized by

- karbonylgruppen i pyridinet med den generelle formel - the carbonyl group in the pyridine with the general formula

i hvilken Ri og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor og R22 representerer halogen eller lavere alkoksy, beskyttes med en acetal-funksjon, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel F i hvilken Ri, R20 og R22 har betydningene angitt ovenfor og gruppene Z og Z' representerer uavhengig lavere alkyl eller danner sammen en mettet hydrokarbonkjede med 2 til 4 karbonatomer; - en hydroksymetyl-funksjon innføres i forbindelsen med den generelle formel F, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel G in which R 1 and R 20 have the meanings given above and R 22 represents halogen or lower alkoxy, is protected by an acetal function, giving a compound of the general formula F in which R 1 , R 20 and R 22 have the meanings given above and the groups Z and Z' independently represents lower alkyl or together form a saturated hydrocarbon chain of 2 to 4 carbon atoms; - a hydroxymethyl function is introduced into the compound of the general formula F, which gives a compound of the general formula G

i hvilken Ri, R20. R22> 2 og Z' har betydningene angitt ovenfor, in which Ri, R20. R 22 > 2 and Z' have the meanings given above,

- deretter beskyttes alkohol-funksjonen i forbindelsen med den generelle formel G, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel H - then the alcohol function in the compound with the general formula G is protected, which gives a compound with the general formula H

i hvilken Ri, R20. R22> 2 og Z' har betydningene angitt ovenfor og R23 representerer en beskyttelses-gruppe for alkoholgruppen, - acetalet av forbindelsen med den generelle formel H avbeskyttes, hvilket gir forbindelsen med den generelle formel I' in which Ri, R20. R22 > 2 and Z' have the meanings given above and R23 represents a protecting group for the alcohol group, - the acetal of the compound of the general formula H is deprotected, giving the compound of the general formula I'

i hvilken Ri, R20. R22 og R23 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, in which Ri, R20. R22 and R23 have the meanings given above,

- forbindelsen med formel I' behandles med et funksjonalisert alkyleringsmiddel, hvilket gir en p-hydroksyester med den generelle formel J - the compound of formula I' is treated with a functionalized alkylating agent, which gives a p-hydroxy ester of the general formula J

i hvilken Ri, R20. R22 og R23 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, Ri 8 og Ri 9 er som definert i den generelle formel II og R17 er OR6 hvor R,, er lavere alkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere cykloalkylalkyl, lavere alkenyl, lavere alkoksy-lavere alkyl eller aryl eller lavere arylalkyl; - beskyttelsesgruppen R23 avspaltes fra forbindelsen med den generelle formel J, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel K i hvilken Ri, R18. R19. R20 og R22 har betydningene angitt ovenfor og R17 representerer OR6 og R6 representerer lavere alkyl, cykloalkyl, cykloalkyl-lavere alkyl, lavere alkenyl, lavere alkoksy-lavere alkyl, eller aryl eller aryl-lavere alkyl, - forbindelsen med den generelle formel K cykliseres, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel L i hvilken R-], R18, R19, R20 og R22 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, og endelig - resten R22 i forbindelsen L omdannes til karbonyl, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel M in which Ri, R20. R 22 and R 23 have the meanings given above, Ri 8 and Ri 9 are as defined in the general formula II and R 17 is OR 6 where R 1 is lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl or aryl or lower arylalkyl; - the protective group R23 is cleaved from the compound of the general formula J, which gives a compound of the general formula K in which Ri, R18. R19. R20 and R22 have the meanings given above and R17 represents OR6 and R6 represents lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, or aryl or aryl-lower alkyl, - the compound of the general formula K is cyclized, giving a compound of the general formula L in which R-], R18, R19, R20 and R22 have the meanings given above, and finally - the residue R22 in the compound L is converted to carbonyl, giving a compound of the general formula M

i hvilken Ri, R18, R19 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor. in which R 1 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 have the meanings given above.

Karbonylfunksjonen i et 4-acyl-2-halogenpyridin (oppnådd for eksempel i henhold til Lamattina, J.L. J. Heterocydic Chem. 20, s. 553 (1983)) beskyttes fortrinnsvis med en acetal-gruppe, fortrinnsvis et cyklisk acetal, i henhold til klassiske betingelser kjent for fagfolk på området (Green, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). Når R22 er klor eller fluor, behandles de således oppnådde mellomproduktene med et natriumalkoholat eller kaliumalkoholat i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel (f.eks. acetonitril) eller i alkoholen fra hvilken alkoholatet er avledet, ved en temperatur mellom 0° og 100°C, hvilket gir en forbindelse med formel F. Sistnevnte kan litieres i 3-stilling ved behandling med aryl- eller alkyl-litium (f.eks. mesityl-litium) i et foretret oppløsningsmiddel så"som tetrahydrofuran ved en temperatur mellom -100°C og 0°C. En formylerende elektrofil så som N,N-dimetylformamid settes til det således oppnådde litierte mellomprodukt, og det resulterende aldehyd behandles, etter hydrolyse, med et reduksjonsmiddel så som natriumborhydrid, hvilket gir forbindelsen med den generelle formel G. Beskyttelsen av alkohol-funksjonen i forbindelse G utføres i henhold til klassiske metoder kjent for fagfolk på området, hvilket gir en forbindelse med den generelle formel H. Eksempler på beskyttelsesgrupper for alkoholen omfatter de som danner etere [f.eks. metyl, metoksymetyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2-metoksyetyoksymetyl, benzyloksymetyl, t-butyl og benzyl (eventuelt substituert) og estere (f.eks. formiat, acetat og isobutyrat). For andre eksempler på andre primære hydroksyl-beskyttelsesgrupper, se Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons, 1981). Avbeskyttelsen av forbindelsene med den generelle formel H, hvilket gir forbindelsen med den generelle formmel I1 utføres under selektive omgivelser som opprettholder integriteten til R23-resten, f.eks. ved behandling under sure betingelser (f.eks. med trifluoreddiksyre). De selektive betingelsene for beskyttelse og avbeskyttelse av de funksjonelle gruppene er velkjent for fagfolk på området (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). Behandlingen av forbindelsen I' med et funksjonelt alkyleringsmiddel som resulterer i p-hydroksyesteren med den generelle formel J, kan utføres ved hjelp av et litium-enolat eller et sink-derivat av en karboksylsyreester i et aprotisk, vannfritt oppløsningsmiddel, f.eks. tetrahydrofuran. Beskyttelsesgruppen F?23 i forbindelsen med den generelle formel J avspaltes, hvilket gir forbindelsen med den generelle formel K, under avspaltnings-betingelser kjent for fagfolk på området. Når f.eks. R23 er en benzylgruppe kan en alkoholisk oppløsning av forbindelsen med den generelle formel J pluss en palladium-katalysator underkastes en hydrogenatmosfære på 0,5 til 10 bar. Cykliseringen av den således oppnådde forbindelsen med den generelle formel K kan utsettes for sure betingelser (f.eks. behandling med trifluoreddiksyre eller hydroklorid-gass oppløst i et vannfritt oppløsningsmiddel så som diklormetan eller dioksan), hvilket gir en B-hydroksylakton-ring med 7 ledd som i forbindelsen med den generelle formel L. Forbindelser med den generelle formel L kan omdannes til pyridonene med den generelle formel M ved f.eks. varm saltsyre-behandling eller med et trimetylsilyljodid. The carbonyl function of a 4-acyl-2-halopyridine (obtained for example according to Lamattina, J.L. J. Heterocydic Chem. 20, p. 553 (1983)) is preferably protected with an acetal group, preferably a cyclic acetal, according to classical conditions known to those skilled in the art (Green, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). When R22 is chlorine or fluorine, the intermediates thus obtained are treated with a sodium alcoholate or potassium alcoholate in an aprotic solvent (e.g. acetonitrile) or in the alcohol from which the alcoholate is derived, at a temperature between 0° and 100°C, giving a compound of formula F. The latter can be lithiated in the 3-position by treatment with aryl- or alkyl-lithium (e.g. mesityl-lithium) in an etherified solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at a temperature between -100°C and 0° C. A formylating electrophile such as N,N-dimethylformamide is added to the lithiated intermediate thus obtained, and the resulting aldehyde is treated, after hydrolysis, with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride to give the compound of general formula G. The protection of the alcohol function in compound G is carried out according to classical methods known to those skilled in the art, giving a compound of the general formula H. Examples of protecting groups for the alcohol o includes those that form ethers [e.g. methyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butyl and benzyl (optionally substituted) and esters (eg formate, acetate and isobutyrate). For other examples of other primary hydroxyl protecting groups, see Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons, 1981). The deprotection of the compounds of general formula H to give the compound of general formula I1 is carried out under selective conditions which maintain the integrity of the R23 residue, e.g. by treatment under acidic conditions (e.g. with trifluoroacetic acid). The selective conditions for protection and deprotection of the functional groups are well known to those skilled in the art (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). The treatment of the compound I' with a functional alkylating agent resulting in the p-hydroxy ester of the general formula J can be carried out by means of a lithium enolate or a zinc derivative of a carboxylic acid ester in an aprotic, anhydrous solvent, e.g. tetrahydrofuran. The protecting group F?23 in the compound of the general formula J is cleaved, giving the compound of the general formula K, under cleaving conditions known to those skilled in the art. When e.g. R23 is a benzyl group, an alcoholic solution of the compound of the general formula J plus a palladium catalyst can be subjected to a hydrogen atmosphere of 0.5 to 10 bar. The cyclization of the thus obtained compound of the general formula K can be subjected to acidic conditions (e.g. treatment with trifluoroacetic acid or hydrochloride gas dissolved in an anhydrous solvent such as dichloromethane or dioxane), giving a B-hydroxylactone ring with 7 joint as in the compound with the general formula L. Compounds with the general formula L can be converted to the pyridones with the general formula M by e.g. hot hydrochloric acid treatment or with a trimethylsilyl iodide.

2-halogen-3-kinolin-metanol med den generelle formel N kan oppnås fra acetanilidene med den generelle formel P 2-Halo-3-quinoline-methanol of the general formula N can be obtained from the acetanilides of the general formula P

i hvilken R2, R3 og R4 har betydningene angitt i forbindelsene med de generelle formlene I og II. I fremgangsmåtene nedenfor kan gruppene R2, R3 og R4 om nødvendig være beskyttet i henhold til klassiske beskyttelsesmetoder (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)). in which R 2 , R 3 and R 4 have the meanings given in the compounds of the general formulas I and II. In the procedures below, the groups R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be protected, if necessary, according to classical protection methods (Greene, T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 10-86 (John Wiley & Sons 1981)).

Forbindelsene med formel N kan oppnås i henhold til følgende metoder: anilinene med formel P N-acetyleres ved behandling med et acetylerings-middel som f.eks. eddiksyreanhydrid. De således oppnådde acetanilider behandles ved en temperatur mellom 50° C og 100° C, fortrinnsvis 75° C, med et reagens kjent av fagfolk på området under navnet Vilsmeyer-reagens (oppnådd ved virkning av fosforyloksyklorid på N.N-dimetylformamid ved en temperatur mellom 0°C og 10°C), hvilket gir det tilsvarende 2-klor-3-kinolinkarbaldehyd (se foreksempel Meth-Cohn, et al., J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans, /s.1520 (1981); Meth-Cohn, et al. J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans. I s.2509 (1981); og Nakasimhan et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 112, s.,4431 (1990)). Kloret i stilling 2 i 2-klor-3-kinolinkarbaldehyder kan erstattes med jod eller brom ved oppvarmning av produktet i et inert oppløsningsmiddel så som acetonitril i nærvær av et jod-eller brom-salt (f.eks. natriumjodid eller tetrabutyl-ammoniumbromid). Spor av syre så som konsentrert saltsyre kan være nødvendig for å katalysere denne omdannelsen. 2-halogen-3-kinolinkarbaldehydene reduseres lett til de tilsvarende 2-halogen-3-kinolinmetanoler med den generelle formel N, under klassiske betingelser kjent for fagfolk på området, så som behandling i et alkoholisk oppløsningsmiddel (f.eks. metanol) med natriumborhydrid ved en temperatur mellom 0° C og 40° C. The compounds of formula N can be obtained according to the following methods: the anilines of formula P are N-acetylated by treatment with an acetylating agent such as e.g. acetic anhydride. The acetanilides thus obtained are treated at a temperature between 50° C and 100° C, preferably 75° C, with a reagent known to those skilled in the art under the name Vilsmeyer reagent (obtained by the action of phosphoryloxychloride on N.N-dimethylformamide at a temperature between 0 °C and 10°C), giving the corresponding 2-chloro-3-quinolinecarbaldehyde (see for example Meth-Cohn, et al., J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans, /p.1520 (1981); Meth-Cohn , et al. J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans. I p. 2509 (1981); and Nakasimhan et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 112, p. 4431 (1990)). The chlorine in position 2 in 2-chloro-3-quinoline carbaldehydes can be replaced by iodine or bromine by heating the product in an inert solvent such as acetonitrile in the presence of an iodine or bromine salt (e.g. sodium iodide or tetrabutylammonium bromide) . Trace amounts of acid such as concentrated hydrochloric acid may be necessary to catalyze this conversion. The 2-halo-3-quinolinecarbaldehydes are readily reduced to the corresponding 2-halo-3-quinolinemethanols of the general formula N, under classical conditions known to those skilled in the art, such as treatment in an alcoholic solvent (e.g. methanol) with sodium borohydride at a temperature between 0° C and 40° C.

Forbindelsene med formel N kan da oppnås i henhold til følgende metode: anilinene med formel P blir acylert ved omsetning med et nitril (så som kloracetonitril eller propionitril) i nærvær av bortriklorid og en annen Lewis syre så som aluminium-triklorid, titantetraklorid eller dietylaluminiumklorid i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel eller en blanding av aprottske oppløsningsmidler, fulgt av hydrolyse ( cf. Sugasawa, T, et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, s. 4842 The compounds of formula N can then be obtained according to the following method: the anilines of formula P are acylated by reaction with a nitrile (such as chloroacetonitrile or propionitrile) in the presence of boron trichloride and another Lewis acid such as aluminum trichloride, titanium tetrachloride or diethyl aluminum chloride in an aprotic solvent or a mixture of aprotic solvents, followed by hydrolysis (cf. Sugasawa, T, et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, p. 4842

(1978)). Det således oppnådde mellomprodukt blir deretter behandlet med etylmalonylklorid i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel så som acetonitril i nærvær av en base så som trietylamin, og deretter behandlet med et alkalisk alkoholat, f.eks. natriummetylat i metanol, hvilket gir et etyl-2-hydroksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat substituert i posisjon 4. Sistnevnte omdannes til et etyl-2-klor-3-kinolinkarboksylat ved behandling med et fosforyloksyklorid. Når posisjon 4 i kinolinet bærer en klormetyl-gruppe, kan en nukleofil substitusjon utføres ved behandling med et sekundært amin så som f.eks. dimetylamin, N-metylpiperazin, morfolin eller piperidin. Etyl-2-klor-3-kinolinkarboksylatet blir deretter redusert med diisobutylaluminiumhydrid i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel så som diklormetan, hvilket gir 2-klor-3-kinolinmetanol med den generelle formel N. Analogene til mellomprodukt (N) forbindelsene er beskrevet i litteraturen og spesielt i PCT-søknad 95/05427. (1978)). The intermediate thus obtained is then treated with ethylmalonyl chloride in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, and then treated with an alkaline alcoholate, e.g. sodium methylate in methanol, which gives an ethyl 2-hydroxy-3-quinoline carboxylate substituted in position 4. The latter is converted to an ethyl 2-chloro-3-quinoline carboxylate by treatment with a phosphoryloxychloride. When position 4 in the quinoline carries a chloromethyl group, a nucleophilic substitution can be carried out by treatment with a secondary amine such as e.g. dimethylamine, N-methylpiperazine, morpholine or piperidine. The ethyl 2-chloro-3-quinoline carboxylate is then reduced with diisobutylaluminum hydride in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane, yielding 2-chloro-3-quinoline methanol of the general formula N. The analogues of the intermediate (N) compounds are described in the literature and in particular in PCT application 95/05427.

Oppfinnelsen angår videre nye industrielle produkter og spesielt nye industrielle produkter for fremstilling av produkter med formel I og II, spesifikt produktene M som beskrevet ovenfor. The invention further relates to new industrial products and in particular new industrial products for the production of products of formula I and II, specifically the products M as described above.

Visse forbindelser ifølge oppfinnelsen kan fremstilles i form av farmasøytisk godtagbare salter i henhold til vanlige metoder. De godtagbare saltene omfatter, som eksempler og ikke begrensende, addisjonssaltene med uorganiske syrer så som klorhydrat, sulfat, fosfat, difosfat, bromhydrat og nitrat eller organiske syrer så som acetat, maleat, fumarat, tartrat, succinat, citrat, laktat, metansulfonat, p-toluensulfonat, pamoat, salicylat, oksalat og stearat. Salter dannet med baser så som natrium- eller kaliumhydroksyd omfattes likeledes av foreliggende oppfinnelse der de kan anvendes. For andre eksempler på farmasøytisk godtagbare salter, henvises til "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sei. 66:1 (1977). Certain compounds according to the invention can be prepared in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts according to usual methods. The acceptable salts include, by way of example and not limitation, the addition salts with inorganic acids such as chlorohydrate, sulfate, phosphate, diphosphate, bromohydrate and nitrate or organic acids such as acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, succinate, citrate, lactate, methanesulfonate, p -toluenesulfonate, pamoate, salicylate, oxalate and stearate. Salts formed with bases such as sodium or potassium hydroxide are also covered by the present invention where they can be used. For other examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, see "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Pollock. 66:1 (1977).

Forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse har interessante farmakologiske egenskaper. Dette fordi forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse har en hemmende virkning på topoisomerase I og/eller II og anti-tumor-aktivitet. Foreliggende teknikk indikerer at forbindelsene ifølge oppfinnelsen har en antiparasittisk og/eller antiviral aktivitet. Forbindelsene ifølge oppfinnelsen kan således brukes for forskjellige terapeutiske anvendelser. The compounds according to the present invention have interesting pharmacological properties. This is because the compounds according to the present invention have an inhibitory effect on topoisomerase I and/or II and anti-tumor activity. Current technology indicates that the compounds according to the invention have an antiparasitic and/or antiviral activity. The compounds according to the invention can thus be used for various therapeutic applications.

Forbindelsene kan hemme topoisomerase, for eksempel type I og/eller II, hos en pasient, f.eks. et pattedyr så som et menneske, ved administrering til pasienten av en terapeutisk effektiv mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller formel (II). The compounds can inhibit topoisomerase, for example type I and/or II, in a patient, e.g. a mammal such as a human, by administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or formula (II).

Forbindelsene ifølge oppfinnelsen har også anti-tumor-aktivitet. De kan anvendes for behandling av tumorer, f.eks. tumorer som uttrykker topoisomerase, hos en pasient ved administrering av en terapeutisk effektiv mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller formel (II). Noen eksempler på tumorer eller kreft omfatter kreft i spiserøret, maven, tarmene, rektum, oral-hulen, svelget, strupehodet, lungene, kolon, bryst, livmorhals, endometrium-legemet, eggstokkene, prostata, testiklene, blæren, nyrene, leveren, bukspytt-kjertelen, ben, bindevev, hud, øyne, hjerne og sentralnervesystemet, så vel som kreft i skjoldbruskkjertelen, leukemi, Hodgkins sykdom, lymfomer utenom Hodgkins, multiple melanomer og annet. The compounds according to the invention also have anti-tumor activity. They can be used for the treatment of tumours, e.g. tumors expressing topoisomerase, in a patient by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or formula (II). Some examples of tumors or cancers include cancer of the esophagus, stomach, intestines, rectum, oral cavity, pharynx, larynx, lungs, colon, breast, cervix, endometrium, ovaries, prostate, testes, bladder, kidneys, liver, pancreas -gland, bone, connective tissue, skin, eye, brain and central nervous system, as well as thyroid cancer, leukaemia, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, multiple melanomas and others.

De kan også anvendes for behandling av parasitt-infeksjoner ved hemning av They can also be used to treat parasitic infections by inhibiting

f f

hemoflagellater {f.eks. ved trypanosoma- eller leishmania-infeksjoner) eller ved hemning av plasmodium (som f.eks. ved malaria), men også for behandling av virale infeksjoner eller sykdommer. hemoflagellates {eg in trypanosoma or leishmania infections) or by inhibiting plasmodium (such as in malaria), but also for the treatment of viral infections or diseases.

Disse egenskapene gjør produktene med formel I og II egnet for farmasøytisk anvendelse. Foreliggende oppfinnelse omfatter også produktene med formel I og II som definert ovenfor, så vel som farmasøytisk godtagbare addisjonssalter med organiske syrer eller mineralsyrer av produktene med formel I og II, som medikamenter, så vel som farmasøytiske preparater inneholdende som aktiv bestanddel et av medikamentene definert ovenfor. These properties make the products of formula I and II suitable for pharmaceutical use. The present invention also includes the products of formula I and II as defined above, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts with organic acids or mineral acids of the products of formula I and II, as drugs, as well as pharmaceutical preparations containing as an active ingredient one of the drugs defined above .

Oppfinnelsen angår således farmasøytiske preparater omfattende en forbindelse ifølge oppfinnelsen eller et addisjonssalt derav med en farmasøytisk godtagbar syre, sammen med en farmasøytisk godtagbar bærer valgt i henhold til administreringsmetoden (f.eks. oral, intravenøs, intraperitoneal, intramuskulær, transdermal eller subkutan). Det farmasøytiske preparatet (f.eks. terapeutisk) kan være i form av et fast stoff, en væske, liposom eller lipid micelle. The invention thus relates to pharmaceutical preparations comprising a compound according to the invention or an addition salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier selected according to the method of administration (e.g. oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, transdermal or subcutaneous). The pharmaceutical preparation (eg therapeutic) can be in the form of a solid, a liquid, liposome or lipid micelle.

Det farmasøytiske preparatet kan foreligge i form av et fast stoff, f.eks. pulvere, piller, granuler, tabletter, liposomer, kapsler eller suppositorier. En pille, tablett eller kapsel kan være belagt med en substans som kan beskytte preparatet fra virkningen til mavesyren eller enzymer i maven hos et individ i tilstrekkelig tid til at preparatet kan passere ufordøyet til tynntarmen. Forbindelsen kan således administreres lokalt, f.eks. ved plassering inntil tumoren. Forbindelsen kan også administreres ved forsinket frigjøring (f.eks. et preparat med forsinket frigjøring eller en infusjonspumpe). En passende fast bærer kan f.eks. være kalsiumfosfat, magnesiumstearat, magnesiumkarbonat, talk, sukkere, laktose, dekstrin, amidon, gelatin, cellulose, metylcellulose, The pharmaceutical preparation can be in the form of a solid substance, e.g. powders, pills, granules, tablets, liposomes, capsules or suppositories. A pill, tablet or capsule can be coated with a substance that can protect the preparation from the action of the stomach acid or enzymes in the stomach of an individual for a sufficient time for the preparation to pass undigested to the small intestine. The connection can thus be administered locally, e.g. when placed next to the tumor. The compound can also be administered by delayed release (eg, a delayed release formulation or an infusion pump). A suitable solid carrier can e.g. be calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, magnesium carbonate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methylcellulose,

natriumkarboksymetylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidin og voks. Det farmasøytiske preparatet inneholdende en forbindelse ifølge oppfinnelsen kan også sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine and wax. The pharmaceutical preparation containing a compound according to the invention can also

t t

presenteres i form av en væske, f.eks. oppløsninger, emulsjoner, suspensjoner eller en med forlenget frigjøring. Passende flytende bærere kan f.eks. være vann, organiske oppløsningsmidier så som glycerol eller glykoler så som polyetylenglykol, så vel som blandinger av dem i forskjellige forhold, i vann. is presented in the form of a liquid, e.g. solutions, emulsions, suspensions or one with extended release. Suitable liquid carriers can e.g. be water, organic solvent media such as glycerol or glycols such as polyethylene glycol, as well as mixtures thereof in various proportions, in water.

Oppfinnelsen omfatter også anvendelse av produktene med formel I og II som definert ovenfor, for fremstilling av et medikament for å hemme topoisomerase, og mer spesielt type I og type II isomerase, et medikament for behandling av tumorer, et medikament for behandling av parasitt-infeksjoner og et medikament for behandling av virale infeksjoner eller sykdommer. The invention also includes the use of the products of formula I and II as defined above, for the preparation of a drug for inhibiting topoisomerase, and more particularly type I and type II isomerase, a drug for the treatment of tumors, a drug for the treatment of parasitic infections and a drug for the treatment of viral infections or diseases.

Dosen av en forbindelse ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse for behandling av sykdommene eller lidelsene angitt ovenfor, varierer i henhold til administreringsmetoden, alder og kroppsvekt til individet som behandles og tilstanden til dette, og bestemmes i siste instans av den behandlende lege eller veterinær, og betegnes her "terapeutisk effektiv mengde". The dose of a compound of the present invention for the treatment of the diseases or disorders indicated above varies according to the method of administration, the age and body weight of the individual being treated and the condition thereof, and is ultimately determined by the attending physician or veterinarian, and is herein designated " therapeutically effective amount".

I den følgende eksperimentelle del gis en illustrasjon av de farmakologiske egenskapene til forbindelsene. In the following experimental part, an illustration of the pharmacological properties of the compounds is given.

Når de tekniske og vitenskapelige betegnelsene anvendt her ikke er spesielt definert, har de samme betydning som normalt forstås av en vanlig spesielist på området som oppfinnelsen omfatter. Alle publikasjoner, patent-søknader, patenter og annen litteratur angitt her, inntas herved ved referanse.. When the technical and scientific terms used here are not specifically defined, they have the same meaning as is normally understood by an ordinary specialist in the area covered by the invention. All publications, patent applications, patents and other literature listed here are hereby incorporated by reference.

De følgende eksemplene er gitt for å illustrere fremgangsmåtene ovenfor og skal ikke ansees begrensende for omfanget av foreliggende oppfinnelse. The following examples are given to illustrate the above methods and should not be considered limiting of the scope of the present invention.

EKSPERIMENTELT AVSNITT: EXPERIMENTAL SECTION:

Eksempel 1 : tert-Butyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso- (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat Example 1: tert-Butyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo- (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate

1.a. 4-etyl-3,4-dihydroksy-1H-pyrano[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-14 (4H,12H)-on 1. a. 4-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxy-1H-pyrano[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-14 (4H,12H)-one

Natriumborhydrid (14 g, 370 mmol) blir satt porsjonsvis til en suspensjon av (S)-(+}-camptothecin (14 g, 40 mmol, som kan oppnås fra forskjellige kommersielle kilder så som Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wl)), i metanol (750 ml) og den resulterende blandingen oppvarmes langsomt til 55° C for å oppnå en kloar oppløsning som så omrøres i 16 timer ved omgivelsestemperatur. Oppløsningsmidlet blir deretter avdampet under redusert trykk, residuet blir tatt opp i vann (250 ml), nøytralisert ved tilsetning av eddiksyre (21 ml) og får hvile i 2 timer ved 4° C. Den resulterende suspensjonen blir filtrert og vasket suksessivt med kaldt vann, aceton og dietyl- eter, hvilket, etter tørring under redusert trykk, gir den ønskede forbindelsen i form av et hvitt, fast stoff, Sodium borohydride (14 g, 370 mmol) is added portionwise to a suspension of (S)-(+}-camptothecin (14 g, 40 mmol, which can be obtained from various commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wl)) , in methanol (750 mL) and the resulting mixture is slowly heated to 55° C. to obtain a clear solution which is then stirred for 16 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent is then evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue is taken up in water (250 mL). , neutralized by the addition of acetic acid (21 ml) and allowed to rest for 2 hours at 4° C. The resulting suspension is filtered and washed successively with cold water, acetone and diethyl ether, which, after drying under reduced pressure, gives the desired the compound in the form of a white solid,

sm.p. 280° C. sm.p. 280°C.

1.b. 8-formyloksymetyl-7-propionylindolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-9 (11H)-on 1.b. 8-formyloxymethyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-9(11H)-one

En oppløsning av natriumperjodat (14 g, 65 mmol) i vann (140 ml) blir satt dråpevis til en suspensjon av 4-etyl-3,4-dihydroksy-1 H-pyrano[3', 4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-14 (4H,12H)-on (13,4 g, 38 mmol) i iseddik (720 ml) og den resulterende oppløsningen omrøres i én time ved omgivelsestemperatur. Reaksjonsblandingen blir deretter hellet i en blanding av is/vann (650 ml) og den resulterende suspensjonen blir omrørt i en halv time og deretter filtrert og vasket suksessivt med vann, isopropylalkohol og dietyleter, hvilket, etter tørring under redusert trykk, gir den ønskede forbindelse (11,5 g) i form av et blekgult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 200° C (d). A solution of sodium periodate (14 g, 65 mmol) in water (140 mL) is added dropwise to a suspension of 4-ethyl-3,4-dihydroxy-1H-pyrano[3',4':6,7]- indolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-14(4H,12H)-one (13.4 g, 38 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (720 mL) and the resulting solution is stirred for one hour at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture is then poured into an ice/water mixture (650 ml) and the resulting suspension is stirred for half an hour and then filtered and washed successively with water, isopropyl alcohol and diethyl ether, which, after drying under reduced pressure, gives the desired compound (11.5 g) in the form of a pale yellow solid, m.p. > 200°C (d).

1 x. tert-Buty l-p-ety l-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksy mety l-9-okso(11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat 1x. tert-Butyl l-p-ethyl l-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxy methyl-9-oxo(11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate

En suspensjon av sink (6,5 g, 100 mmol) omrørt med en magnetrører i vannfri dietyleter (50 ml) under argon, blir aktivert ved dråpevis tilsetning av klortrimetylsilan (0,75 ml, 5,7 mmol). Blandingen omrøres ytterligere 15 minutter ved omgivelsestemperatur og oppvarmes til tilbakeløp. Varmebadet blir deretter fjernet og tert-butyl-bromacetat (15 ml, 100 mmol) blir dråpevis tilsatt med en hastighet som sikrer opprettholdelse av tilbakeløp. Den eksterne oppvarmningen blir igjen anvendt og fortsatt i enda én time. Den foretrede oppløsningen som resulterer fra Reformatsky-reagenset får stå til avkjøling til omgivelsestemperatur og blir deretter ved hjelp av en kanyle overført til en suspensjon av 8-formyloksymetyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-9 (11H)-on (1,6 g, 4,7 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (40 ml) under argon. Reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt under tilbakeløp i én time, får deretter avkjøles til omgivelsestemperatur, reaksjonen blir stanset ved tilsetning av mettet ammoniumklorid (100 ml) og blandingen blir ekstrahert med kloroform (3 x 100 ml). De samlede kloroform-ekstraktene blir tørret på natriumsulfat, inndampet, og residuet blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi på silikagel (1-2 % MeOH/CH2Cl2), hvilket gir 0,64 g av den ønskede forbindelse (31 %) i form av et blekgult, fast stoff, sm.p. 146-149° C. A suspension of zinc (6.5 g, 100 mmol) stirred with a magnetic stirrer in anhydrous diethyl ether (50 mL) under argon is activated by dropwise addition of chlorotrimethylsilane (0.75 mL, 5.7 mmol). The mixture is stirred for a further 15 minutes at ambient temperature and heated to reflux. The heating bath is then removed and tert-butyl bromoacetate (15 mL, 100 mmol) is added dropwise at a rate that ensures maintenance of reflux. The external heating is again applied and continued for another hour. The etherified solution resulting from the Reformatsky reagent is allowed to cool to ambient temperature and is then transferred by cannula to a suspension of 8-formyloxymethyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-9(11H)-one (1.6 g, 4.7 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) under argon. The reaction mixture is stirred under reflux for one hour, then allowed to cool to ambient temperature, the reaction is quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) and the mixture is extracted with chloroform (3 x 100 mL). The combined chloroform extracts are dried over sodium sulfate, evaporated, and the residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel (1-2% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 0.64 g of the desired compound (31%) as a pale yellow, solid, m.p. 146-149°C.

NMR-<1>H {CDCI3): 0,93 (t, 3H); 1,37 (s, 9H); 1,99 (m, 2H); 2,97 (dd, 2H); NMR-<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 0.93 (t, 3H); 1.37 (s, 9H); 1.99 (m, 2H); 2.97 (dd, 2H);

3,5 (se, 1H); 5,10 (s, 2H); 5,24 (s, 2H); 7,40 (s,1H); 7,59 (t, 1H); 7,83 (t, 1H); 7,90 (d, 1H); 8,20 (d, 1H); 8,34 (s, 1H). 3.5 (see, 1H); 5.10 (s, 2H); 5.24 (s, 2H); 7.40 (s, 1H); 7.59 (t, 1H); 7.83 (t, 1H); 7.90 (d, 1H); 8.20 (d, 1H); 8.34 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CDCI3): 8,18; 27,90; 34,59; 45,34; 49,91; 58,55; 77,39; 82,42; 100,52; 127,67; 127,97; 128,10; 128,64; 129,44; 129,79; 130,42; 130,99; 142,86; 148,69; 152,75; 155,16; 162,38; 172,24. NMR-C<13> (CDCl3): 8.18; 27.90; 34.59; 45.34; 49.91; 58.55; 77.39; 82.42; 100.52; 127.67; 127.97; 128.10; 128.64; 129.44; 129.79; 130.42; 130.99; 142.86; 148.69; 152.75; 155.16; 162.38; 172.24.

IR (KBr): 764; 1016; 1157; 1580; 1651; 1726. IR (KBr): 764; 1016; 1157; 1580; 1651; 1726.

Eksempel 2 : Etyl-B-et<y>l-p-h<y>droks<y>-y-(8-h<y>droks<y>metyl-9-okso(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]kinolin-7-yl)-propionat Example 2: Ethyl-B-et<y>l-p-h<y>drox<y>-y-(8-h<y>drox<y>methyl-9-oxo(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b ]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate

En suspensjon av sink (500 mg, 7,64 mmol) og 8-formyloksymetyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-9 (11H)-on (400 mg, 1,15 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) inneholdende 10 mg hydrokinon blir oppvarmet til tilbakeløp under argon. Varmebadet blir fjernet, og en eksoterm reaksjon startet ved tilsetning av en dråpe etyl-bromacetat og en liten krystall jod. Tilbakeløp blir opprettholdt ved dråpevis tilsetning av etylbromacetat (500 pl, 4,48 mmol) og reaksjonsblandingen blir igjen oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i én time. Etter avkjøling til omgivelsestemperatur blir reaksjonen stanset ved tilsetning av mettet ammoniumklorid (10 ml) og metanol (30 ml). Den resulterende blandingen blir omrørt i 5 minutter og deretter filtrert og inndampet. Residuet blir oppløst i diklormetan (30 ml), vasket med vann og tørret på natriumsulfat. Dette blir fulgt av fjerning av oppløsningsmidlet og rensning ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, CH2Cl2/MeOH 98/2), hvilket gir 230 mg (49 %) av den ønskede forbindelse i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. 157-161° C. A suspension of zinc (500 mg, 7.64 mmol) and 8-formyloxymethyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-9(11H)-one (400 mg, 1.15 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) containing 10 mg of hydroquinone is heated to reflux under argon. The heat bath is removed, and an exothermic reaction started by adding a drop of ethyl bromoacetate and a small crystal of iodine. Reflux is maintained by dropwise addition of ethyl bromoacetate (500 µl, 4.48 mmol) and the reaction mixture is again heated under reflux for one hour. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride (10 ml) and methanol (30 ml). The resulting mixture is stirred for 5 minutes and then filtered and evaporated. The residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml), washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. This is followed by removal of the solvent and purification by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH 98/2), which gives 230 mg (49%) of the desired compound as a yellow solid, m.p. 157-161°C.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 0,93 (t, 3H); 1,20 (t, 3H); 2,02 (rn, 2H); 3,07 (dd, 2H); NMR-<1>H (CDCl3 ): 0.93 (t, 3H); 1.20 (t, 3H); 2.02 (rn, 2H); 3.07 (dd, 2H);

4,11 (q, 2H); 4,9 (se, 1H); 5,08 (s, 2H); 5,23 (s, 2H); 7,45 (s,1H); 7,62 (t, 1H); 7,80 <t,1H); 7,90 (d, 1H); 8,22 (d, 1H); 8,36 (s,1H). 4.11 (q, 2H); 4.9 (see, 1H); 5.08 (s, 2H); 5.23 (s, 2H); 7.45 (s, 1H); 7.62 (t, 1H); 7.80 <t.1H); 7.90 (d, 1H); 8.22 (d, 1H); 8.36 (p.1H).

NMR-C<13> (CDCI3): 8,09; 14,01; 34,67; 44,85; 49,94; 58,31; 61,09; 77,21; 100,78; 127,78; 127,96; 128,11; 128,72; 129,16; 129,65; 130,60; 131,32; 142,76; 148,28; 152,55; 155,09; 162,22; 172,59. NMR-C<13> (CDCl3): 8.09; 14.01; 34.67; 44.85; 49.94; 58.31; 61.09; 77.21; 100.78; 127.78; 127.96; 128.11; 128.72; 129.16; 129.65; 130.60; 131.32; 142.76; 148.28; 152.55; 155.09; 162.22; 172.59.

IR (KBr) -. 766; 1009; 1184; 1582; 1647; 1750. IR (KBr) -. 766; 1009; 1184; 1582; 1647; 1750.

Eksempel 3 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizin[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion Example 3: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizine[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H) -dion

Tert-butyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso(11 H)-indolizino-[1, 2- b] kinolin-7-yl) propionat (1,45 g, 3,32 mmol) blir oppløst i vannfri diklormetan (25 ml) og behandlet med en oppløsning mettet med hydrogenklorid i diklormetan (100 ml). Den resulterende blandingen blir holdt ved -20° C i 16 timer. Det utfelte stoffet blir filtrert, vasket med metanol og tørret under redusert trykk, hvilket gir 662 mg (55 %) av den ønskede forbindelse i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 300° C. Tert-butyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)propionate (1.45 g, 3 .32 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 ml) and treated with a solution saturated with hydrogen chloride in dichloromethane (100 ml). The resulting mixture is kept at -20°C for 16 hours. The precipitate is filtered, washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure to give 662 mg (55%) of the desired compound as a yellow solid, m.p. > 300° C.

NMR-1H (DMSO): 0,90 (t, 3H); 1,20 (q, 2H); 3,27 (dd, 2H); 5,29 (s, 2H); NMR-1H (DMSO): 0.90 (t, 3H); 1.20 (q, 2H); 3.27 (dd, 2H); 5.29 (s, 2H);

5,49 (dd, 2H); 7,42 (s, 1H); 7,73 (t, 1H); 7,90 (t, 1H); 8,16 (t, 2H); 8,71 (s, 1H). NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,45; 36,48; 42,54; 50,68; 61,44; 73,34; 99,78; 122,71; 127,83; 128,15; 128,75; 129,08; 130,07; 130,61; 131,81; 144,66; 148,04; 152,80; 155,91; 159,26; 172,08. 5.49 (dd, 2H); 7.42 (s, 1H); 7.73 (t, 1H); 7.90 (t, 1H); 8.16 (t, 2H); 8.71 (p, 1H). NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.45; 36.48; 42.54; 50.68; 61.44; 73.34; 99.78; 122.71; 127.83; 128.15; 128.75; 129.08; 130.07; 130.61; 131.81; 144.66; 148.04; 152.80; 155.91; 159.26; 172.08.

IR (KBr): 761; 1127; 1204; 1285; 1580; 1653; 1757. IR (KBr): 761; 1127; 1204; 1285; 1580; 1653; 1757.

Eksempel 4 : p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]kinolin-7-yl)-propionsyre Example 4: p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionic acid

En vandig oppløsning av kaliumhydroksyd (0,1 N, 30 ml) blir satt til 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin- An aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (0.1 N, 30 mL) is added to 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1, 2-b]quinoline-

3,15 (4H,13H)-dion (500 mg, 1,38 mmol), og den resulterende suspensjonen blir omrørt ved omgivelsestemperatur i 16 timer, hvilket gir en nesten klar oppløsning som blir filtrert. Filtratet blir surgjort til pH 3,5 med 1 N saltsyre, og det utfelte gule stoffet blir gjenvunnet ved filtrering, vasket med vann og aceton og deretter tørret under redusert trykk. Man får 415 mg (79 %) av den ønskede forbindelse i form av monohydratet, sm.p. 165-167° C. 3,15(4H,13H)-dione (500 mg, 1.38 mmol) and the resulting suspension is stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, yielding a nearly clear solution which is filtered. The filtrate is acidified to pH 3.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, and the precipitated yellow substance is recovered by filtration, washed with water and acetone and then dried under reduced pressure. 415 mg (79%) of the desired compound is obtained in the form of the monohydrate, m.p. 165-167°C.

NMR-1 H (DMSO): 0,82 (t, 3H); 2,10 (rn, 2H); 2,83 (d, 2H); 3,12 (d, 2H); NMR-1 H (DMSO): 0.82 (t, 3H); 2.10 (rn, 2H); 2.83 (d, 2H); 3.12 (d, 2H);

3,25 (se, 1H); 4,81 (s, 2H); 5,26 (s, 2H); 5,76 (se, 1H); 7,38 (s, 1H); 7,71 (t, 1H); 7,84 (t, 1H); 8,10 (d, 1H); 8,18 (d, 1H); 8,34 (s, 1H); 12,15 (se, 1H). 3.25 (see, 1H); 4.81 (s, 2H); 5.26 (s, 2H); 5.76 (see, 1H); 7.38 (s, 1H); 7.71 (t, 1H); 7.84 (t, 1H); 8.10 (d, 1H); 8.18 (d, 1H); 8.34 (s, 1H); 12.15 (see, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,16; 34,80; 46,71; 50,36; 55,73; 76,53; 100,17; 127,50; 128,00; 128,26; 128,69; 129,06; 130,01; 130,45; 131,63; 142,57; 148,09; 153,19; 156,07; 161,22; 172,27. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.16; 34.80; 46.71; 50.36; 55.73; 76.53; 100.17; 127.50; 128.00; 128.26; 128.69; 129.06; 130.01; 130.45; 131.63; 142.57; 148.09; 153.19; 156.07; 161.22; 172.27.

IR (KBr): 1020; 1188; 1413; 1586; 1651; 1694. IR (KBr): 1020; 1188; 1413; 1586; 1651; 1694.

Eksempel 5 : Mety1-B-etyl-B-hydroksy^-{8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinotin-7-yl)-propionat Example 5: Methyl-B-ethyl-B-hydroxy-{8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] quinothin-7-yl)-propionate

S-etyM.S-dihydro-S-hydroksy-IH-oksepino^^^ejJ-indolizinoII^-bJkinolin-S.IS (4H,13H)-dion (180 mg, 0,5 mmol), i suspensjon i metanol (50 ml) blir behandlet med tørr 6N hydrogenklorid i metanol (0,5 ml) og holdt under tilbakeløp inntil oppløsning var fullstendig (4 timer). De flyktige forbindelsene blir avdampet, og residuet blir oppløst i diklormetan (50 ml), vasket med fortynnet natriumhydroksyd (0,05 N, 15 ml) og saltvann (15 ml). Den organiske fraksjonen blir tørret på natriumsulfat og inndampet. Det gjenværende faste stoffet blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi på silikagel (MeOH i 3 % / CH2CI2), og det rensede produktet blir gjenvunnet fra dietyleter, filtrert og tørret, hvilket gir 120 mg (58 %) av den ønskede forbindelse i form av et blekgult, fast stoff, sm.p. 163-166° C. S-ethylM.S-dihydro-S-hydroxy-IH-oxepino^^^ejJ-indolizinoII^-bJquinoline-S.IS (4H,13H)-dione (180 mg, 0.5 mmol), in suspension in methanol ( 50 ml) is treated with dry 6N hydrogen chloride in methanol (0.5 ml) and kept under reflux until dissolution is complete (4 hours). The volatile compounds are evaporated and the residue is dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL), washed with dilute sodium hydroxide (0.05 N, 15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic fraction is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The remaining solid is purified by column chromatography on silica gel (MeOH in 3% / CH 2 Cl 2 ) and the purified product is recovered from diethyl ether, filtered and dried to give 120 mg (58%) of the desired compound as a pale yellow, solid, m.p. 163-166°C.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 0,93 (t, 3H); 2,2 (rn, 2H); 3,05 (dd, 2H); 3,49 (s, 3H); 3,62 (s, 3H); 4,93 (s, 2H); 5,22 (d, 2H); 5,52 (s, 1H); 7,21 (s, 1H); 7,62 (t, 1H); 7,81 (t, 1H); 7,91 (d, 1H); 8,22 (d, 1H); 8,36 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CDCl3 ): 0.93 (t, 3H); 2.2 (rn, 2H); 3.05 (dd, 2H); 3.49 (s, 3H); 3.62 (s, 3H); 4.93 (s, 2H); 5.22 (d, 2H); 5.52 (s, 1H); 7.21 (s, 1H); 7.62 (t, 1H); 7.81 (t, 1H); 7.91 (d, 1H); 8.22 (d, 1H); 8.36 (p, 1H).

NMR-C3 (CDCI3): 7,74; 35,54; 46,82; 50,15; 51,67; 58,10; 65,33; 78,03; 100,17; 125,57; 127,70; 128,04; 128,10; 128,35; 129,53; 130,39; 130,94; 143,87; 148,75; 152,94; 157,83; 161,74; 171,35. NMR-C 3 (CDCl 3 ): 7.74; 35.54; 46.82; 50.15; 51.67; 58.10; 65.33; 78.03; 100.17; 125.57; 127.70; 128.04; 128.10; 128.35; 129.53; 130.39; 130.94; 143.87; 148.75; 152.94; 157.83; 161.74; 171.35.

IR (KBr): 1207; 1595; 2655; 1709. IR (KBr): 1207; 1595; 2655; 1709.

Eksempel 6: Etyl-6-etyl-a,a-difluor-B-hydroksy^y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-f1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat Example 6: Ethyl-6-ethyl-α,α-difluoro-B-hydroxy[8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate

Til en suspensjon av sink (1,25 g, 17,2 mmol) i vannfri THF under tilbakeløp (40 ml) blir satt omtrent halvparten av den totale mengden av etyl-bromdifluoracetat (1,8 ml, 14 mmol), 8-formyloksymetyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-9 (11H)-on (2,0 g, 5,75 mmol, som oppnådd i eksempel 1.b.) i suspensjon i vannfri THF (10 ml), og deretter den gjenværende del av etylbromdifluoracetatet. Reaksjonsblandingen blir holdt under tilbakeløp i ytterligere en halv time. Etter nedkjøling til omgivelsestemperatur blir reaksjonen stanset ved tilsetning av mettet, vandig ammoniumklorid (20 ml) og reaksjonsblandingen blir ekstrahert med diklormetan (3 x 20 ml). De organiske samlede ekstraktene blir tørret og konsentrert. Residuet blir tatt opp i dietyleter (10 ml), filtrert og renset ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, CH2CI2 / MeOH:98/2), hvilket gir 664 mg (26 %) av produktet i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. 208-209° C. To a suspension of zinc (1.25 g, 17.2 mmol) in anhydrous refluxing THF (40 mL) is added approximately half of the total amount of ethyl bromodifluoroacetate (1.8 mL, 14 mmol), 8-formyloxymethyl -7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-9 (11H)-one (2.0 g, 5.75 mmol, as obtained in Example 1.b.) in suspension in anhydrous THF (10 ml), and then the remaining portion of the ethyl bromodifluoroacetate. The reaction mixture is kept under reflux for another half hour. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction is quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 ml) and the reaction mixture is extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic extracts are dried and concentrated. The residue is taken up in diethyl ether (10 ml), filtered and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, CH2CI2 / MeOH:98/2), giving 664 mg (26%) of the product as a yellow solid, m.p. . 208-209°C.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 0,91 (t, 3H); 1,38 (t, 3H); 2,32 (m, 2H); 4,8 (se, 1H); 4,38 (q, 2H); 5,09 (d, 2H); 5,13 (dd, 2H); 7,42 (s,1H); 7,55 (t, 1H); 7,72 (t, 1H); 7,79 (d, 1H); 8,08 (d, 1H); 8,22 (s, 1H) NMR-<1>H (CDCl3 ): 0.91 (t, 3H); 1.38 (t, 3H); 2.32 (m, 2H); 4.8 (see, 1H); 4.38 (q, 2H); 5.09 (d, 2H); 5.13 (dd, 2H); 7.42 (s, 1H); 7.55 (t, 1H); 7.72 (t, 1H); 7.79 (d, 1H); 8.08 (d, 1H); 8.22 (p, 1H)

NMR-C<13> (CDCI3): 6,97; 13,93; 28,63; 50,18; 56,27; 63,15; 77,20; 81,96 (t); 101,27; 116,40 (t); 127,67; 127,77; 127,97; 128,31; 129,26; 130,33; 130,94; 131,23; 143,16; 148,34; 150,20; 151,91; 161,21; 163,21 (t). NMR-C<13 > (CDCl3 ): 6.97; 13.93; 28.63; 50.18; 56.27; 63.15; 77.20; 81.96 (h); 101.27; 116.40 (h); 127.67; 127.77; 127.97; 128.31; 129.26; 130.33; 130.94; 131.23; 143.16; 148.34; 150.20; 151.91; 161.21; 163.21 (h).

IR (KBr): 1124; 1308; 1591; 1647; 1748. IR (KBr): 1124; 1308; 1591; 1647; 1748.

Eksempel 7 : Etyl-B-etyl-B-hydroksy^-{8-hydroksymetyN9-okso{11tf)-indolizino-[1,2-b]kinolin-7-yl)-propionat Example 7: Ethyl-B-ethyl-B-hydroxy^-{8-hydroxymethylN9-oxo{11tf)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate

En suspensjon av sink (1,25 g, 19,1 mmol), 8-metyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-9-(11H)-on (500 mg, 1,43 mmol, som oppnådd i henhold til Kingsburry, W. D., Tetrahedron Lett. 29:6847 (1988)) og sølv-acetat (250 mg, 1,50 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) blir omrørt ved omgivelsestemperatur under en atmosfære av argon. Etter 10 minutter blir reaksjonsblandingen aktivert ved dråpevis tilsetning av en molar oppløsning av klordietylaluminium (10 ml, 10 mmol), og deretter blir etylbromacetat (1,25 ml, 11,3 mmol) dråpevis tilsatt og den resulterende blandingen får stå for å reagere i ytterligere 5 timer. Reaksjonen blir stanset ved suksessiv tilsetning av etylalkohol (10 ml) og en oppløsning mettet med kalium- og natrium-tartrat (10 ml). Den resulterende blandingen blir omrørt i ytterligere én time, filtrert og konsentrert under redusert trykk. Residuet blir tatt opp i diklormetan (30 ml), vasket med vann, tørret, konsentrert og renset med kolonnekromatografi (Si02, CH2CI2 / MeOH:98/2), hvilket gir 93 mg (15 %) av det ønskede produkt i form av et blekgult, fast stoff, sm.p. 185-188° C. A suspension of zinc (1.25 g, 19.1 mmol), 8-methyl-7-propionylindolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-9-(11H)-one (500 mg, 1.43 mmol, as obtained according to Kingsburry, W. D., Tetrahedron Lett. 29:6847 (1988)) and silver acetate (250 mg, 1.50 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) are stirred at ambient temperature under an atmosphere of argon. After 10 minutes, the reaction mixture is activated by the dropwise addition of a molar solution of chlorodiethyl aluminum (10 mL, 10 mmol), and then ethyl bromoacetate (1.25 mL, 11.3 mmol) is added dropwise and the resulting mixture is left to react for another 5 hours. The reaction is stopped by the successive addition of ethyl alcohol (10 ml) and a solution saturated with potassium and sodium tartrate (10 ml). The resulting mixture is stirred for an additional hour, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in dichloromethane (30 ml), washed with water, dried, concentrated and purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 / MeOH:98/2), which gives 93 mg (15%) of the desired product in the form of a pale yellow solid, m.p. 185-188°C.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 0,91 (t, 3H); 1,17 (t, 3H); 1,99 (m, 2H); 2,49 (s, 3H); NMR-<1>H (CDCl3 ): 0.91 (t, 3H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 1.99 (m, 2H); 2.49 (s, 3H);

3,10 (dd, 2H); 4,11 (q, 2H); 4,6 (se, 1H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 7,65 (t, 1H); 7,67 (s,1H); 7,80 (t, 1H); 7,90 (d, 1H); 8,22 (d, 1H); 8,34 (s, 1H). 3.10 (dd, 2H); 4.11 (q, 2H); 4.6 (see, 1H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 7.65 (t, 1H); 7.67 (s, 1H); 7.80 (t, 1H); 7.90 (d, 1H); 8.22 (d, 1H); 8.34 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CDCI3): 8,02; 13,99; 14,72; 33,14; 43,97; 50,02; 61,0; 76,54; 101,90; 127,65; 127,84; 128,08; 128,81; 128,88; 130,74; 131,59; 131,65; 140,33; 147,64; 152,96; 153,61; 162,11; 172,91. NMR-C<13> (CDCl3): 8.02; 13.99; 14.72; 33.14; 43.97; 50.02; 61.0; 76.54; 101.90; 127.65; 127.84; 128.08; 128.81; 128.88; 130.74; 131.59; 131.65; 140.33; 147.64; 152.96; 153.61; 162.11; 172.91.

IR (KBr): 762; 1192; 1576; 1653; 1740. IR (KBr): 762; 1192; 1576; 1653; 1740.

Eksempel 8 : tert-Butyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso-(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-/)]kinolin-7-yl)-propionat Example 8: tert-Butyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo-(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-/]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate

Eddiksyreanhydrid (70 pl, 0,7 mmol) blir satt dråpevis til en oppløsning av tert-butyl-/?-etyl-B-hydroksy-y-{8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso(11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]-kinolin-7-yl)-propionat (200 mg, 0,46 mmol) og trietylamin (140 pl, 1 mmol) i diklormetan (5 ml), og den resulterende blandingen blir omrørt ved omgivelsestemperatur i 21 timer. De flyktige bestanddelene blir avdampet, og residuet blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi på silikagel Acetic anhydride (70 µl, 0.7 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of tert-butyl-/?-ethyl-B-hydroxy-γ-{8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo(11 H )-indolizino-[1, 2-b]-quinolin-7-yl)-propionate (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) and triethylamine (140 µl, 1 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL), and the resulting mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 21 h. The volatile components are evaporated, and the residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel

(1-2 % MeOH / CH2CI2), hvilket gir 152 mg av den ønskede forbindelse i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. 195-196° C. (1-2% MeOH / CH2CI2), giving 152 mg of the desired compound as a yellow solid, m.p. 195-196°C.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 0,88 (t, 3H); 1,32 (s, 9H); 1,93 (m, 2H); 2,07 (s, 3H); NMR-<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 0.88 (t, 3H); 1.32 (s, 9H); 1.93 (m, 2H); 2.07 (s, 3H);

2,97 (dd, 2H); 4,8 (se, 1H); 5,28 (s, 2H); 5,59 (dd, 2H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 7,63 (t, 1H); 7,80 (t, 1H); 7,90 (d, 1H); 8,23 (d, 1H); 8,34 (s, 1H). 2.97 (dd, 2H); 4.8 (see, 1H); 5.28 (s, 2H); 5.59 (dd, 2H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 7.63 (t, 1H); 7.80 (t, 1H); 7.90 (d, 1H); 8.23 (d, 1H); 8.34 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CDCI3): 8,02; 21,06; 27,91; 35,05; 45,58; 50,16; 59,23; 77,52; 82,26; 100,59; 124,21; 127,91; 128,10; 128,14; 128,97; 129,18; 130,68; 131,46; 142,85; 148,29; 152,43; 158,49; 161,83; 171,13; 171,90. NMR-C<13> (CDCl3): 8.02; 21.06; 27.91; 35.05; 45.58; 50.16; 59.23; 77.52; 82.26; 100.59; 124.21; 127.91; 128.10; 128.14; 128.97; 129.18; 130.68; 131.46; 142.85; 148.29; 152.43; 158.49; 161.83; 171.13; 171.90.

Eksempel 9 : 5,12-dietyWl5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4,:6,7]-indolizino [1, 2- b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion Example 9: 5,12-diethyl5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4,:6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir fremstilt analogt med eksempel 1, bortsett fra at i This compound is prepared analogously to example 1, except that i

trinn 1.a. blir 7-etyl-camptothecin (Sawada og medarbeidere, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 39:2574 (1991)) anvendt istedenfor camptothecin. Man får den ønskede forbindelse i form av et klart gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 270° C. step 1.a. 7-ethyl-camptothecin (Sawada et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 39:2574 (1991)) is used instead of camptothecin. The desired compound is obtained in the form of a clear yellow solid, m.p. > 270°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,92 (t, 3H); 1,39 (t, 3H); 1,93 (q, 2H); 3,08 (d, 2H); 3,25 (q, 2H); 3,51 (d, 2H); 5,32 (s, 2H); 5,52 (dd, 2H); 7,42 (s, 1H); 7,76 (t, 1H); 7,89 (t, 1H); 8,18 (d, 1H); 8,32 (d, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.92 (t, 3H); 1.39 (t, 3H); 1.93 (q, 2H); 3.08 (d, 2H); 3.25 (q, 2H); 3.51 (d, 2H); 5.32 (s, 2H); 5.52 (dd, 2H); 7.42 (s, 1H); 7.76 (t, 1H); 7.89 (t, 1H); 8.18 (d, 1H); 8.32 (d, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,46; 14,15; 22,42; 36,50; 42,54; 49,95; 61,45; 73,35; 99,68; 122,61; 124,27; 126,76; 127,70; 128,27; 129,92; 130,18; 145,17; 145,82; 148,57; 152,15; 155,89; 159,26; 172,08. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.46; 14,15; 22.42; 36.50; 42.54; 49.95; 61.45; 73.35; 99.68; 122.61; 124.27; 126.76; 127.70; 128.27; 129.92; 130.18; 145.17; 145.82; 148.57; 152.15; 155.89; 159.26; 172.08.

Eksempel 10 : p-etyl-y-{12-etyl-8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso(11H)-indolizino-[1, 2- b] kinolin-7-yl)-p-hydroksy-propionsyre Example 10: p-ethyl-γ-{12-ethyl-8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-p-hydroxy-propionic acid

Denne forbindelsen blir fremstilt analogt med eksempel 4, bortsett fra at 5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4,:6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]-kinolin-3,15 (4H,13W)-dion blir anvendt istedenfor 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13W)-dion. Den blir oppnådd i form av et litt gråhvitt, fast stoff, sm.p. 238-239° C. This compound is prepared analogously to Example 4, except that 5,12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4,:6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b ]-quinoline-3,15 (4H,13W)-dione is used instead of 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1, 2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13W)-dione. It is obtained in the form of a slightly grey-white solid, m.p. 238-239°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,82 (t, 3H); 1,35 (t, 3H); 2,01 (m, 2H); 2,85 (d, 2H); 3,18 (d, 2H); 3,22 (q, 2H); 4,81 (s, 2H); 5,00 (se, 1H); 5,24 (s, 2H); 5,78 (se, 1H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.82 (t, 3H); 1.35 (t, 3H); 2.01 (m, 2H); 2.85 (d, 2H); 3.18 (d, 2H); 3.22 (q, 2H); 4.81 (s, 2H); 5.00 (see, 1H); 5.24 (s, 2H); 5.78 (see, 1H);

7,38 (s, 1H); 7,77 (t, 1H); 7,86 (t, 1H); 8,18 (d, 1H); 8,28 (d, 1H); 12,10 (se, 1H). NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,12; 14,15; 22,41; 34,78; 46,74; 49,65; 55,71; 76,51; 100,04; 124,22; 126,63; 127,48; 128,12; 128,21; 129,94; 130,02; 143,10; 145,59; 148,69; 152,62; 156,03; 161,22; 172,22. 7.38 (s, 1H); 7.77 (t, 1H); 7.86 (t, 1H); 8.18 (d, 1H); 8.28 (d, 1H); 12.10 (see, 1H). NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.12; 14,15; 22.41; 34.78; 46.74; 49.65; 55.71; 76.51; 100.04; 124.22; 126.63; 127.48; 128.12; 128.21; 129.94; 130.02; 143.10; 145.59; 148.69; 152.62; 156.03; 161.22; 172.22.

Eksempel 11 : 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-10H,12H-[1,4]dioksino-[2I3-g]oksepino[3',4':6,7]indoli2ino[1,2-b]kinolin-10,13-(15tf)-dion Example 11: 8-ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy-10H,12H-[1,4]dioxino-[2I3-g]oxepino[3',4':6,7]indoli2ino [1,2-b]quinoline-10,13-(15tf)-dione

11 .a. 2-etyl-2-(2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioksolan (F) 11.a. 2-ethyl-2-(2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioxolane (F)

Vann destilleres azeotropt (en hel natt) med et Dean Stark-apparat fra en blanding av 2-klor-4-propionylpyridin (10 g, 59 mmol) oppnådd som i Lamattina, J.L. J. Heterocydic Chem. 20, p. 553 (1983)), etylenglykol (20 ml) og p-toluensulfonsyre (250 mg) i toluen (150 ml). Oppløsningsmidlet blir deretter fjernet under redusert trykk, syren blir nøytralisert med mettet, vandig natriumbikarbonat (100 ml), og produktet blir ekstrahert med eter. De samlede eterekstraktene blir vasket med saltvann, tørret på natriumsulfat og inndampet, hvilket gir 13,3 g (96 %) av råproduktet beskyttet med karbonylgruppen, som blir bragt til tilbakeløp med 3 ekvivalenter natriummetoksyd i acetonitril inntil reaksjonen var fullført (kontrollert ved tynnskrktskromatografi: Si02, tert-butyl-metoksyd/heksan (TBMO/HX) 50/50). Acetonitril-oppløsningen blir deretter filtrert og inndampet. Residuet blir tatt opp i eter, vasket med vann og saltvann, tørret på natriumsulfat og inndampet, hvilket gir en brun olje som blir destillert (70-75° C, 0,04 mbar); man får 10,7 g (total gjenvinning 81 %) av produkt (F) i form av en klar væske. Water is azeotropically distilled (overnight) with a Dean Stark apparatus from a mixture of 2-chloro-4-propionylpyridine (10 g, 59 mmol) obtained as in Lamattina, J.L. J. Heterocytic Chem. 20, p. 553 (1983)), ethylene glycol (20 ml) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (250 mg) in toluene (150 ml). The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure, the acid is neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), and the product is extracted with ether. The combined ether extracts are washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give 13.3 g (96%) of the crude product protected with the carbonyl group, which is refluxed with 3 equivalents of sodium methoxide in acetonitrile until the reaction was complete (checked by thin layer chromatography: SiO 2 , tert-butyl methoxide/hexane (TBMO/HX) 50/50). The acetonitrile solution is then filtered and evaporated. The residue is taken up in ether, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give a brown oil which is distilled (70-75° C, 0.04 mbar); 10.7 g (total recovery 81%) of product (F) is obtained in the form of a clear liquid.

11 .b. 2-etyl-2-(3-hydroksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioksolan (G) 11.b. 2-ethyl-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioxolane (G)

Tert-butyllitium (1,7 M i pentan, 100 ml, 170 mmol) blir satt dråpevis under anvendelse av en kanyle, til en løsning av brommesitylen (13 ml, 85 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (300 ml) ved -78° C under argon. Det resulterende, hvite utfelte stoff blir omrørt ved -78° C i én time og deretter blir 2-etyl-2-(2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioksolan (10 g, 44,8 mmol) tilsatt og reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt 15 minutter ved -78° C, én time ved 0° C og én time ved omgivelsestemperatur. Etter ny avkjøling til -78° C, blir vannfiri N,N-dimetylformamid (100 mmol) tilsatt, og reaksjonsblandingen får igjen oppvarmes til omgivelsestemperatur og blir deretter omrørt i 16 timer, hvoretter analyse ved tynnskiktskromatografi (Si02, TBMO/HX:50/50) viser at utgangsforbindelsen er fullstendig oppbrukt. Reaksjonen stanses med mettet ammoniumklorid, og reaksjonsblandingen blir ekstrahert med dietyleter (200 ml, 50 ml, 50 ml). De samlede ekstrakter blir tørret på natriumsulfat og inndampet, hvilket gir en gul olje som blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, TBMO/HX: 0/100 til 5/95 for å eluere mesitylen-derivatene og deretter 20/80 til 50/50 for å eluere produktet) for å få aldehyd-mellomproduktet (7 g). Aldehydet blir oppløst i metanol (100 ml) og behandlet med natriumborhydrid (5 g, 132 mmol), og den resulterende blandingen blir omrørt inntil aldehyd-mellomproduket var fullstendig oppbrukt (ca. 1 time) bestemt analytisk ved tynnskiktskromatografi. Oppløsningsmidlet blir deretter avdampet, residuet blir tatt opp i eter, vasket med vann og saltvann, tørret, og oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet. Kolonnekromatografi (Si02, TBMO/HX: 10/90 til 50/50) av residuet gir 7 g (totalt 62 %) av produkt (G) i form av en gul olje. Tert-butyllithium (1.7 M in pentane, 100 mL, 170 mmol) is added dropwise, using a cannula, to a solution of the bromomesitylene (13 mL, 85 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) at -78°C. under argon. The resulting white precipitate is stirred at -78°C for one hour and then 2-ethyl-2-(2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioxolane (10 g, 44.8 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 15 minutes at -78° C., one hour at 0° C. and one hour at ambient temperature. After further cooling to -78° C, anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mmol) is added, and the reaction mixture is again allowed to warm to ambient temperature and is then stirred for 16 hours, after which analysis by thin-layer chromatography (SiO 2 , TBMO/HX:50/ 50) shows that the output connection is completely exhausted. The reaction is quenched with saturated ammonium chloride and the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether (200 mL, 50 mL, 50 mL). The combined extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give a yellow oil which is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , TBMO/HX: 0/100 to 5/95 to elute the mesitylene derivatives and then 20/80 to 50/50 to to elute the product) to give the aldehyde intermediate (7 g). The aldehyde is dissolved in methanol (100 mL) and treated with sodium borohydride (5 g, 132 mmol), and the resulting mixture is stirred until the aldehyde intermediate was completely consumed (about 1 hour) as determined analytically by thin layer chromatography. The solvent is then evaporated, the residue is taken up in ether, washed with water and brine, dried, and the solvent is evaporated. Column chromatography (SiO 2 , TBMO/HX: 10/90 to 50/50) of the residue gives 7 g (total 62%) of product (G) as a yellow oil.

11 x. 2-(3-benzyloksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-2-etyl- 11 times. 2-(3-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-2-ethyl-

1,3-dioksolan (H) 1,3-dioxolane (H)

En oppløsning av 2-etyl-2-(3-hydroksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioksolan (7 g, 30 mmol) og benzylklorid (5 ml, 45 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (50 ml) blir dråpevis satt til en suspensjon av natriumhydrid (80 % i mineralolje, 1,85 g, 61 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) og reaksjonsblandingen blir holdt under tilbakeløp i 16 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen får deretter avkjøles til omgivelsestemperatur, reaksjonen blir stanset med vann (50 ml) og reaksjonsblandingen blir konsentrert under redusert trykk. Residuet blir oppløst i dietyleter (150 ml) og vasket med vann og saltvann, tørret og inndampet. Rensning ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, TBMO/HX: 5/95 til 20/80) gir produktet beskyttet med benzyl (H), 9 g, (87 %) i form av en klar olje. A solution of 2-ethyl-2-(3-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-1,3-dioxolane (7 g, 30 mmol) and benzyl chloride (5 mL, 45 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL ) is added dropwise to a suspension of sodium hydride (80% in mineral oil, 1.85 g, 61 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 16 h. The reaction mixture is then allowed to cool to ambient temperature, the reaction is quenched with water (50 ml) and the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in diethyl ether (150 ml) and washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO 2 , TBMO/HX: 5/95 to 20/80) gives the product protected with benzyl (H), 9 g, (87%) as a clear oil.

11 .d. 1-(3-benzyloksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-propan-1 -on (I') 11.d. 1-(3-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-propan-1-one (I')

2-(3-benzyloksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-2-etyl-1,3-dioksolane (9 g, 27 mmol) blir behandlet med trifluoreddiksyre (10 ml) og vann (5 ml) ved en badtemperatur på 120° C i 3 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen blir konsentrert under redusert trykk og gjenværende spor av syrene blir nøytralisert ved tilsetning av mettet, vandig natriumkarbonat. Ekstraksjon med eter fulgt av kolonnekromatografi (Si02, TBMO/HX: 10/90) gir 5,5 g (70 %) av produkt (I).. 2-(3-Benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-2-ethyl-1,3-dioxolane (9 g, 27 mmol) is treated with trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) and water (5 mL) at a bath temperature of 120° C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and remaining traces of the acids are neutralized by the addition of saturated, aqueous sodium carbonate. Extraction with ether followed by column chromatography (SiO 2 , TBMO/HX: 10/90) gives 5.5 g (70 %) of product (I)..

11 .e. tert-Butyl-[3-etyl-(3-hydroksy-y-(3-benzyloksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl) propionat (J) 11 .e. tert-Butyl-[3-ethyl-(3-hydroxy-γ-(3-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)propionate (J)

tert-Butyl-bromacetat (13 ml, 80 mmol) blir dråpevis satt til en suspensjon av sink (5,3 g, 80 mmol aktivert ved behandling med 6N HCI i 10 sekunder, og deretter vasket suksessivt med vann til pH er nøytral, aceton og dietyleter) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (60 ml) under tilbakeløp. Reaksjonsmediet blir holdt under tilbakeløp i ytterligere 10 minutter etter at tilsetningen er avsluttet. Deretter blir en oppløsning av 1-(3-benzyloksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-propan-1-on (5,8 g, 20 mmol) i vannfri tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) tilsatt, og reaksjonsblandingen blir omrørt under tilbakeløp i ytterligere én time. Reaksjonen blir stanset ved 0° C med mettet, vandig ammoniumklorid (100 ml) og reaksjonsblandingen blir ekstrahert med dietyleter. De samlede ekstrakter blir tørret på natriumsulfat og inndampet, hvilket gir en gul olje som blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, TBMO/HX: 5/95 til 10/90), hvilket gir tert-butyl-esteren (J) (7 g, 95 %) i form av en klar olje. tert-Butyl bromoacetate (13 mL, 80 mmol) is added dropwise to a suspension of zinc (5.3 g, 80 mmol activated by treatment with 6N HCl for 10 seconds, then washed successively with water until the pH is neutral, acetone and diethyl ether) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) under reflux. The reaction medium is kept under reflux for a further 10 minutes after the addition is finished. Then a solution of 1-(3-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-propan-1-one (5.8 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred under reflux for another hour. The reaction is quenched at 0°C with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) and the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether. The combined extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give a yellow oil which is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , TBMO/HX: 5/95 to 10/90) to give the tert-butyl ester (J) (7 g, 95%) in the form of a clear oil.

11 .f. tert-Buty l-B-ety l-B-hydroksy -y-(3-hydroksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl) propionat (K) 11 .f. tert-Butyl l-B-ethyl l-B-hydroxy -γ-(3-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl) propionate (K)

tert-Butyl-B-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(3-benzyloksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl)-propionat (1 g, 2,5 mmol) hydrolyseres ved atmosfærisk trykk og ved omgivelsestemperatur ved anvendelse av 5 % palladium på karbon som tert-Butyl-B-ethyl-p-hydroxy-γ-(3-benzyloxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl)-propionate (1 g, 2.5 mmol) is hydrolyzed at atmospheric pressure and at ambient temperature using 5% palladium on carbon which

katalysator (50 mg) og absolutt etanol som oppløsningsmiddel (10 ml). Når reaksjonen er avsluttet (6 timer), blir katalsatoren fraskilt ved filtrering og oppløsningsmidlet blir avdampet, hvilket gir 0,7 g (90 %) av produkt (K) som er tilstrekkelig rent for påfølgende syntetisk anvendelse., catalyst (50 mg) and absolute ethanol as solvent (10 ml). When the reaction is complete (6 h), the catalyst is separated by filtration and the solvent is evaporated, yielding 0.7 g (90%) of product (K) which is sufficiently pure for subsequent synthetic use.,

i in

11 .g. 5-etyl-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-9-metoksy-oksepino [3,4-c] pyridin-3 (4H)-on (L) 11.g. 5-ethyl-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-9-methoxy-oxepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3(4H)-one (L)

Tert-butyl-p-etyl-B-hydroksy-y-(3-hydroksymetyl-2-metoksy-4-pyridyl) propionat (8,8 g, 28 mmol) blir behandlet med trifluoreddiksyre (30 ml) i 3 timer ved omgivelsestemperatur. De flyktige bestanddelene blir avdampet og residuet blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, CH2Cl2/MeOH: 100/0 til 98/2), hvilket gir en klar olje som etter behandling med toluen, gir 5,9 g av produkt (L) (89 %) i form av hvite krystaller, sm.p. 97-98° C. Tert-butyl-p-ethyl-B-hydroxy-γ-(3-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-4-pyridyl) propionate (8.8 g, 28 mmol) is treated with trifluoroacetic acid (30 mL) for 3 h at ambient temperature . The volatiles are evaporated and the residue is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH: 100/0 to 98/2), giving a clear oil which, after treatment with toluene, gives 5.9 g of product (L) (89 %) in the form of white crystals, m.p. 97-98°C.

11 ,h. 5-ety 1-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3,9(4H,8H)-dion (M) 11, h. 5-ethy 1-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-oxepino[3,4-c]pyridine-3,9(4H,8H)-dione (M)

5-etyl-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-9-metoksy-oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3 (4H)-on (0,5 g, 2,1 mmol) i 1N saltsyre (20 ml) blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i 9 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen blir konsentrert under redusert trykk, og residuet blir igjen tørret ved tilsetning og avdampning av toluen, to ganger, og får deretter stå natten over under redusert trykk i nærvær av fosforpentoksyd. Den resulterende oljen blir oppløst i vannfri acetonitril (5 ml) og omrørt under argon i 24 timer. Det utfelte stoffet blir filtrert og tørret, hvilket gir 0,23 g (49 %) av et hvitt, fast stoff (M), sm.p. 118-119° C. 5-Ethyl-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-9-methoxy-oxepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3(4H)-one (0.5 g, 2.1 mmol) in 1N hydrochloric acid (20 ml) is heated under reflux for 9 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is again dried by adding and evaporating toluene, twice, and is then allowed to stand overnight under reduced pressure in the presence of phosphorus pentoxide. The resulting oil is dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (5 mL) and stirred under argon for 24 hours. The precipitate is filtered and dried to give 0.23 g (49%) of a white solid (M), m.p. 118-119°C.

11.i. 6,7-etylendioksy-2-jod-3-kinolin-metanol (N) 11.i. 6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodo-3-quinoline-methanol (N)

Fremgangsmåtene beskrevet av Meth-Cohn og medarbeidere, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I, s. 1520 (1981); Meth -Cohn, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans I, The methods described by Meth-Cohn et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I, p. 1520 (1981); Meth-Cohn, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans I,

s. 2509 (1981); og Nakasimhan og medarbeidere, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 112, pp. 2509 (1981); and Nakasimhan et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 112,

s. 4431 (1990), blir anvendt. 3,4-etylendioksyacetanilid (22 g, 113 mmol) blir p. 4431 (1990), is applied. 3,4-ethylenedioxyacetanilide (22 g, 113 mmol) becomes

satt til Vilsmeyer-reagenset oppnådd ved dråpevis tilsetning av fosforyl-oksykorid (71 ml, 0,77 mol) til vannfri dimetylformamid (23 ml, 0,28 mol), avkjølt i et is-vann-bad og omrørt i ytterligere 0,5 time under en atmosfære av argon. Den resulterende blandingen blir oppvarmet til 75° C i 16 timer. Etter avkjøling til omgivelsestemperatur blir reaksjonsblandingen satt til en blanding av is og vann (300 ml) og ekstrahert med diklormetan (5 x 200 ml). De samlede organiske ekstrakter blir tørret på natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert. Det faste residuet blir suspendert i diklormetan (20 ml), filtrert og tørret under redusert trykk, hvilket gir 10 g (35 %) 2-klor-6,7-etylendioksykinolin-3-karbaldehyd i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. 222-224° C. Dette mellomproduktet blir behandlet med natriumjodid (30 g, 0,2 mol) og konsentrert saltsyre (1,5 ml) i acetonitril under tilbakeløp (150 ml) i 24 timer. Etter avkjøling til omgivelsestemperatur blir oppløsningsmidlet fjernet under redusert trykk og residuet blir tatt opp i 50% vandig tetrahydrofuran (200 ml), filtrert, vasket med tetrahydrofuran og tørret under redusert trykk, hvilket gir 12 g 6,7-etylendioksy-2-jodkinolin-3-karbaldehyd i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. 155-157° C. Mellomproduktet ovenfor blir behandlet med natriumborhydrid (2 g, 52 mmol) i metanol (200 ml) ved omgivelsestemperatur i 0,5 time. Oppløsningsmidlet blir fjernet under redusert trykk og residuet blir tatt opp i vann og filtrert. Det resulterende faste stoff blir tørret under redusert trykk i nærvær av fosforpentoksyd, hvilket gir 11 g (6,7-etylendioksy-2-jodkinolin-3-yl)-rnetanol i form av et gult, fast stoff, added to the Vilsmeyer reagent obtained by dropwise addition of phosphoryl oxychloride (71 mL, 0.77 mol) to anhydrous dimethylformamide (23 mL, 0.28 mol), cooled in an ice-water bath, and stirred for an additional 0.5 hour under an atmosphere of argon. The resulting mixture is heated to 75°C for 16 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture is added to a mixture of ice and water (300 ml) and extracted with dichloromethane (5 x 200 ml). The combined organic extracts are dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The solid residue is suspended in dichloromethane (20 mL), filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give 10 g (35%) of 2-chloro-6,7-ethylenedioxyquinoline-3-carbaldehyde as a yellow solid, sm .p. 222-224° C. This intermediate is treated with sodium iodide (30 g, 0.2 mol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.5 mL) in refluxing acetonitrile (150 mL) for 24 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is taken up in 50% aqueous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL), filtered, washed with tetrahydrofuran and dried under reduced pressure to give 12 g of 6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodoquinoline- 3-carbaldehyde in the form of a yellow solid, m.p. 155-157° C. The above intermediate is treated with sodium borohydride (2 g, 52 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) at ambient temperature for 0.5 h. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is taken up in water and filtered. The resulting solid is dried under reduced pressure in the presence of phosphorus pentoxide to give 11 g of (6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodoquinolin-3-yl)-rethanol as a yellow solid,

sm.p. 178-180° C. sm.p. 178-180°C.

11 .j. 5-etyl-8-(6,7-etylendioksy-2-jod-3-kinolinmetyl)-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3,9(4H,8H)-dion (O) 11.j. 5-Ethyl-8-(6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodo-3-quinolinemethyl)-1,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-oxepino[3,4-c]pyridine-3,9(4H,8H) -dione (O)

I løpet av 5 minutter blir dietyl-azodikarboksylat (570 pl, 3,6 mmol) satt dråpevis til en oppløsning av 5-etyM,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-oksepino[3,4-c]- pyridin-3,9(4H,8H)-dion (400 mg, 1,79 mmol), forbindelsen oppnådd under foregående trinn 11.i. (770 mg, 2,23 mmol) og trifenylfosfin (934 mg, 3,58 mmol) i en blanding av vannfri THF/DMSO (8/1 volum/volum, 45 ml) og den resulterende blandingen omrøres under argon ved omgivelsestemperatur i 16 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen blir deretter konsentrert under redusert trykk og residuet blir oppløst i kloroform (100 ml). Den resulterende oppløsningen blir vasket med saltvann (4 x 50 ml), tørret på natriumsulfat og inndampet. Residuet blir renset med kolonnekromatografi (Si02, ChtøCfc/MeOH: 99/1 til 98/2), hvilket gir 650 mg (66 %) av produkt (0) i form av et hvitt, fast stoff, sm.p. 165-167° C. Over 5 minutes, diethyl azodicarboxylate (570 µl, 3.6 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of 5-ethylN,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-oxepino[3,4-c]-pyridine-3,9 (4H,8H)-dione (400 mg, 1.79 mmol), the compound obtained during previous step 11.i. (770 mg, 2.23 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (934 mg, 3.58 mmol) in a mixture of anhydrous THF/DMSO (8/1 v/v, 45 mL) and the resulting mixture stirred under argon at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is dissolved in chloroform (100 mL). The resulting solution is washed with brine (4 x 50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and evaporated. The residue is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH: 99/1 to 98/2), giving 650 mg (66%) of product (0) as a white solid, m.p. 165-167°C.

11 .k. 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-10H,12H-[1,4]dioksino[2,3-g]-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-Jb]kinolin-10,13 (15H)-dion 11.k. 8-ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy-10H,12H-[1,4]dioxino[2,3-g]-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[ 1,2-Jb]quinoline-10,13(15H)-dione

5-etyl-8-(6,7-etylendioksy-2-jodkinolin-3-yl)metyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-(1H, 3H)oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3-dion (600 mg, 1,1 mmol), 5-ethyl-8-(6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodoquinolin-3-yl)methyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-(1H, 3H)oxepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3- dione (600 mg, 1.1 mmol),

tetrabutylammoniumbromid (352 mg, 1,1 mmol), natriumacetat (359 mg, tetrabutylammonium bromide (352 mg, 1.1 mmol), sodium acetate (359 mg,

4,4 mmol) og palladium-ll-acetat (98 mg, 0,43 mmol) blir oppløst i vannfri acetonitril (40 ml) og oppvarmet til 90° C under argon i 16 timer. Etter avkjøling til omgivelsestemperatur blir et hvitt, utfelt stoff utskilt fra den rødaktige oppløsningen. Dette utfelte stoffet blir filtrert og tørret under redusert trykk. Råproduktet blir suspendert i vann, filtrert og tørret under redusert trykk på fosforpentoksyd, hvilket gir 250 mg av den ønskede forbindelse i form av et klart gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. 4.4 mmol) and palladium-II acetate (98 mg, 0.43 mmol) are dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (40 mL) and heated to 90° C. under argon for 16 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, a white precipitate separates from the reddish solution. This precipitated substance is filtered and dried under reduced pressure. The crude product is suspended in water, filtered and dried under reduced pressure over phosphorus pentoxide, yielding 250 mg of the desired compound as a clear yellow solid, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,91 (t, 3H); 1,87 (m, 2H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,51 (d, 1H); 4,45 (s, 4H); 5,19 (s, 2H); 5,47 (dd, 2H); 6,02 (se, 1H); 7,33 (s, 1H); 7,54 (s,1H); 7,55 (s, 1H); 8,43 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.91 (t, 3H); 1.87 (m, 2H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.51 (d, 1H); 4.45 (s, 4H); 5.19 (s, 2H); 5.47 (dd, 2H); 6.02 (see, 1H); 7.33 (s, 1H); 7.54 (s, 1H); 7.55 (s, 1H); 8.43 (p, 1H).

NMR-C3 (DMSO): 8,43; 36,47; 42,54; 50,52; 61,43; 64,43 (2C); 73,31; 99,07; 112,27; 113,14; 122,00; 124,24; 128,18; 129,74; 144,59; 145,01; 145,33; 147,63; 150,88; 155,88; 159,23; 172,07. NMR-C 3 (DMSO): 8.43; 36.47; 42.54; 50.52; 61.43; 64.43 (2C); 73.31; 99.07; 112.27; 113.14; 122.00; 124.24; 128.18; 129.74; 144.59; 145.01; 145.33; 147.63; 150.88; 155.88; 159.23; 172.07.

Eksempel 12 : 10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-fc]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion Example 12: 10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-fc]quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione

12.a. (6-benzy loksy-2-jod-3-kinolin)-metanol 12.a. (6-Benzyloxy-2-iodo-3-quinoline)-methanol

Denne forbindelsen blir fremstilt analogt med metoden angitt i trinn 11.i. i eksempel 11, men ved anvendelse av 4-benzyloksyacetanilid istedenfor 3.4- etylendioksyacetanilid. Rensning med silikagel-kolonnekromatografi og anvendelse av diklormetan som elueringsmiddel er nødvendig for å isolere (8 % gjenvinning) med tilstrekkelig renhet, mellomproduktet 6-benzyloksy-2-klorkinolin-3-karbaldehyd, sm.p. 180-182° C. Deretter gir utveksling av halogen, 6-benzyloksy-2-jodkinolin-3-karbaldehyd, sm.p. 155-157° C og påfølgende reduksjon til natriumborhydrid gir (6-benzyloksy-2-jodkinolin-3-yl)-metanol, sm.p. 147-149° C. This compound is prepared analogously to the method indicated in step 11.i. in Example 11, but using 4-benzyloxyacetanilide instead of 3,4-ethylenedioxyacetanilide. Purification by silica gel column chromatography and the use of dichloromethane as eluent is necessary to isolate (8% recovery) with sufficient purity, the intermediate 6-benzyloxy-2-chloroquinoline-3-carbaldehyde, m.p. 180-182° C. Then exchange of halogen gives 6-benzyloxy-2-iodoquinoline-3-carbaldehyde, m.p. 155-157° C and subsequent reduction to sodium borohydride gives (6-benzyloxy-2-iodoquinolin-3-yl)-methanol, m.p. 147-149°C.

12.b. 8-(6-benzyloksy-2-jod-3-kinolinmetyl)-1,5-dihydroksy-5-etyl-5-hydroksy-oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3,9(4H, 8H)-dion 12.b. 8-(6-Benzyloxy-2-iodo-3-quinolinemethyl)-1,5-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-5-hydroxy-oxepino[3,4-c]pyridine-3,9(4H,8H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir fremstilt analogt med metoden angitt i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11, men ved anvendelse av (6-benzyloksy-2-jodkinolin-3-yl)-metanol istedenfor (6,7-etylendioksy-2-jodkinolin-3-yl)-metanol. Denne forbindelsen oppnås i form av et hvitt, fast stoff, sm.p. 197-199° C. This compound is prepared analogously to the method indicated in step 11 .j. in Example 11, but using (6-benzyloxy-2-iodoquinolin-3-yl)-methanol instead of (6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodoquinolin-3-yl)-methanol. This compound is obtained as a white solid, m.p. 197-199°C.

12.C. 10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13N)-dion 12.C. 10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H, 13N)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir fremstilt analogt med metoden angitt i trinn 11.k. i eksempel 11, men ved anvendelse av 8-(6-benzyloksy-2-jod-3-kinolinmetyl)-1.5- dihydroksy-5-etyl-5-hydroksy-oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3,9(4W, 8H)-dion istedenfor 5-etyl-8-(6,7-etylendioksy-2-jodkinolin-3-yl)metyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-(1H, 3H)oksepino[3,4-c]pyridin-3-dion. Den ønskede forbindelse oppnås i form av et klart gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is prepared analogously to the method indicated in step 11.k. in Example 11, but using 8-(6-benzyloxy-2-iodo-3-quinolinemethyl)-1,5-dihydroxy-5-ethyl-5-hydroxy-oxepino[3,4-c]pyridine-3,9( 4W, 8H)-dione instead of 5-ethyl-8-(6,7-ethylenedioxy-2-iodoquinolin-3-yl)methyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-(1H, 3H)oxepino[3,4 -c]pyridine-3-dione. The desired compound is obtained as a clear yellow solid, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,90 (t, 3H); 1,85 (m, 2H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,50 (d, 1H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,30 (s, 2H); 5,50 (dd, 2H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7;30-7,70 (m, 8H); 8,10 (d, 1H); 8,55 (s,1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.90 (t, 3H); 1.85 (m, 2H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.50 (d, 1H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.30 (s, 2H); 5.50 (dd, 2H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.30-7.70 (m, 8H); 8.10 (d, 1H); 8.55 (s, 1H).

NMR-C13 (DMSO): 8,43; 36,48; 38,28; 50,65; 61,42;f 70,00; 73,32; 99,05; 107,71; 122,05; 123,42; 128,18; 128,26; 128,70; 129,40; 130,19; 130,48; 130,63; 136,65; 144,18; 144,90; 150,53; 155,91; 157,31; 159,24; 172,06. NMR-C 13 (DMSO): 8.43; 36.48; 38.28; 50.65; 61.42; f 70.00; 73.32; 99.05; 107.71; 122.05; 123.42; 128.18; 128.26; 128.70; 129.40; 130.19; 130.48; 130.63; 136.65; 144.18; 144.90; 150.53; 155.91; 157.31; 159.24; 172.06.

Eksempel 13 : y-(12-benzyloksy-8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]kinolin-7-yl)-p-etyl-B-hydroksy-propionsyre (E) Example 13: γ-(12-benzyloxy-8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo(11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-p-ethyl-B-hydroxy-propionic acid (E)

Denne forbindelsen blir fremstilt ved en metode analogt med den som er beskrevet i eksempel 4, men ved anvendelse av 10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15-(4H,13tf)-dion istedenfor 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion. Den blir oppnådd i form av et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. 171-173° C. This compound is prepared by a method analogous to that described in Example 4, but using 10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4': 6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15-(4H,13tf)-dione instead of 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4 ':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione. It is obtained as a yellow solid, m.p. 171-173°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,80 (t, 3H); 2,00 (m, 2H); 2,85 (d, 1H); 3,15 (d, 1H); 4,80 (s, 2H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,30 (s, 2H); 5,75 (se, 1H); 7,30 (s, 1H); 7,35-7,70 (m, 7H); 8,10 (d, 1H); 8,55 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.80 (t, 3H); 2.00 (m, 2H); 2.85 (d, 1H); 3.15 (d, 1H); 4.80 (s, 2H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.30 (s, 2H); 5.75 (see, 1H); 7.30 (s, 1H); 7.35-7.70 (m, 7H); 8.10 (d, 1H); 8.55 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,11; 34,75; 46,68; 50,35; 55,70; 69,97; 76,51; 99,45; 107,78; 123,28; 127,64; 128,18 (2C); 128,26; 128,70 (2C); 129,33; 130,17; 130,47; 130,57; 136,69; 142,79; 144,17; 150,93; 156,03; 157,19; 161,20. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.11; 34.75; 46.68; 50.35; 55.70; 69.97; 76.51; 99.45; 107.78; 123.28; 127.64; 128.18 (2C); 128.26; 128.70 (2C); 129.33; 130.17; 130.47; 130.57; 136.69; 142.79; 144.17; 150.93; 156.03; 157.19; 161.20.

Eksempel 14 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10,-dihydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15-(4H,13H)-dion Example 14: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10,-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15-( 4H,13H)-dione

10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino-[1,2-£>]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion (370 mg, 0,79 mmol) blir behandlet med hydrogen ved atmosfærisk trykk og ved omgivelsestemperatur ved anvendelse av 10% palladium på karbon som katalysator (60 mg) og trifluoreddiksyre som oppløsningsmiddel (15 ml). Når reaksjonen er avsluttet (16 timer), blir 10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino-[1,2-£>]quinoline-3,15 ( 4H,13H)-dione (370 mg, 0.79 mmol) is treated with hydrogen at atmospheric pressure and at ambient temperature using 10% palladium on carbon as catalyst (60 mg) and trifluoroacetic acid as solvent (15 mL). When the reaction is finished (16 hours),

diklormetan (50 ml) og metanol (50 ml) satt til reaksjonsblandingen, katalysatoren blir frafiltrert, og de flyktige bestanddelene blir avdampet under redusert trykk, hvilket gir den ønskede råforbindelse inneholdende spor av trifluoreddiksyre. Disse sporene blir eliminert ved meddestillasjon med 1,4-dioksan. Man får produktet i form av et oransje, fast stoff, sm.p. 150° C (d), med tilstrekkelig renhet for videre syntetisk anvendelse. dichloromethane (50 mL) and methanol (50 mL) are added to the reaction mixture, the catalyst is filtered off, and the volatiles are evaporated under reduced pressure to give the desired crude compound containing traces of trifluoroacetic acid. These traces are eliminated by co-distillation with 1,4-dioxane. The product is obtained in the form of an orange solid, m.p. 150° C (d), with sufficient purity for further synthetic application.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,89 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,02 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 5,19 (s, 2H); 5,37 (d, 1H); 5,50 (d, 1H); 5,98 (se, 1H); 7,26 (s 1H); 7,31 (s, 1H); 7,40 (d, 1H); 8,00 (d, 1H); 8,42 (s, 1H); 10,32 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.89 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.02 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 5.19 (s, 2H); 5.37 (d, 1H); 5.50 (d, 1H); 5.98 (see, 1H); 7.26 (p 1H); 7.31 (s, 1H); 7.40 (d, 1H); 8.00 (d, 1H); 8.42 (s, 1H); 10.32 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,47; 36,50; 42,61; 50,57; 61,46; 73,35; 98,84; 109,02; 121,83; 123,18; 129,50; 129,85; 130,12; 130,80; 143,39; 145,10; 149,69; 155,97; 156,82; 159,30; 172,11. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.47; 36.50; 42.61; 50.57; 61.46; 73.35; 98.84; 109.02; 121.83; 123.18; 129.50; 129.85; 130.12; 130.80; 143.39; 145.10; 149.69; 155.97; 156.82; 159.30; 172.11.

Eksempel 15: 11-(dimetylamino)metyl-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3\4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin- Example 15: 11-(dimethylamino)methyl-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino[3\4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline -

3,15 (4H,13H)-dion 3,15 (4H,13H)-dione

15.a. 11-(dimetylamino)metyl-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-1H-oksepino [3\4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion 15. a. 11-(Dimethylamino)methyl-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino [3\4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione

En suspensjon av 10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3\4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion (260 mg, 0,69 mmol) i eddiksyre (15 ml) blir behandlet med 37% vandig formaldehyd (500 pl) og 40% vandig dimetylamin (500 pl), og den resulterende blandingen blir omrørt ved omgivelsestemperatur i 16 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen blir konsentrert til tørrhet, og residuet blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, ChtøCtø/MeOH: 100/0 til 90/10) fulgt av krystallisasjon med acetonitril, hvilket gir 102 mg av den ønskede forbindelse. A suspension of 10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3\4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 ( 4H,13H)-dione (260 mg, 0.69 mmol) in acetic acid (15 mL) is treated with 37% aqueous formaldehyde (500 µl) and 40% aqueous dimethylamine (500 µl) and the resulting mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness and the residue is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH: 100/0 to 90/10) followed by crystallization with acetonitrile to give 102 mg of the desired compound.

15.b. 11 -(dimetylamino)metyl-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-/>] kinolin- 3,15{4H,13H)-dion-klorhydrat 15.b. 11 -(dimethylamino)methyl-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-1 H -oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-/>] quinoline- 3,15{4H,13H)-dione chlorohydrate

Fortynnet saltsyre {1 N) settes dråpevis til en suspensjon av 11 -(dimetylaminoJmetyl-S-etyl^.S-dihydro-S.10-dihydroksy-1 H-oksepino-[y^Æ.Tl-indolizinoII^-b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion (102 mg) i vann, inntil oppløsningen er fullstendig. Vann blir avdampet under redusert trykk, og residuet blir suspendert i acetonitril (5 ml) og filtrert, hvilket gir 103 mg av det ønskede salt, sm.p. 248° C (d). Dilute hydrochloric acid (1 N) is added dropwise to a suspension of 11 -(dimethylaminoJmethyl-S-ethyl^.S-dihydro-S.10-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino-[y^Æ.Tl-indolizinoII^-b] quinoline -3,15(4H,13H)-dione (102 mg) in water, until dissolution is complete. Water is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is suspended in acetonitrile (5 mL) and filtered, yielding 103 mg of the desired salt, mp 248° C (d).

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,88 (t, 3H); 1,85 (m, 2H); 2,84 (s, 6H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,5 (d, 1H); 4,73 (s, 2H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,47 (dd, 2H); 7,33 (s, 1H); 7,38 (s,1H); 7,72 (d, 1H); 8,19 (d, 1H); 8,99 (s, 1H); 9,92 (se, 1H); 11,45 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.88 (t, 3H); 1.85 (m, 2H); 2.84 (s, 6H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.5 (d, 1H); 4.73 (s, 2H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.47 (dd, 2H); 7.33 (s, 1H); 7.38 (s, 1H); 7.72 (d, 1H); 8.19 (d, 1H); 8.99 (p, 1H); 9.92 (see, 1H); 11.45 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,46; 34,36; 42,44 (3C); 50,61 (2C); 61,42; 73,35; 99,19; 108,63; 122,21; 122,36; 126,86; 129,13; 130,61; 133,09; 143,53; 144,70; 149,76; 155,98; 157,17; 159,27; 172,06. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.46; 34.36; 42.44 (3C); 50.61 (2C); 61.42; 73.35; 99.19; 108.63; 122.21; 122.36; 126.86; 129.13; 130.61; 133.09; 143.53; 144.70; 149.76; 155.98; 157.17; 159.27; 172.06.

Eksempel 16 : 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 16: 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3 ,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3-fluor-4-metoksyanilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 i, 11j og 11 k i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 3-fluoro-4-methoxyaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11i, 11j and 11k of Example 11. Yellow solid, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,89 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,49 (d, 1H); 4,00 (s, 3H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d,1H); 6,00 (s, 1H); 7,32 (s, 1H); 7,72 (d, 1H); 7,91 (d, 1H); 8,58 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.89 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.49 (d, 1H); 4.00 (p, 3H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.00 (p, 1H); 7.32 (s, 1H); 7.72 (d, 1H); 7.91 (d, 1H); 8.58 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,43; 36,48; 42,51; 50,68; 56,60; 61,42; 73,29; 99,25; 108,68; 113,52; 122,23; 126,33; 129,99; 130,30; 143,79; 144,70; 148,42; 151,18; 153,19; 155,81; 159,20; 172,06. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.43; 36.48; 42.51; 50.68; 56.60; 61.42; 73.29; 99.25; 108.68; 113.52; 122.23; 126.33; 129.99; 130.30; 143.79; 144.70; 148.42; 151.18; 153.19; 155.81; 159.20; 172.06.

IR (KBr): 1259; 1503; 1602; 1737. IR (KBr): 1259; 1503; 1602; 1737.

Eksempel 17 : 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-1H-oksepino[3,>4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 17: 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-1H-oxepino[3,>4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3 ,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3-klor-4-metoksyanilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 i, 11 j og 11 k i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff; sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 3-chloro-4-methoxyaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 i, 11 j and 11 k of Example 11. Yellow solid; sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 2,55 (s, 3H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 8,10 (s, 1H); 8,20 (s, 1H); 8,60 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 2.55 (s, 3H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 8.10 (s, 1H); 8.20 (s, 1H); 8.60 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,43; 20,20; 36,47; 42,49; 50,67; 61,41; 73,28; 99,87; 122,82; 126,98; 127,99; 129,60; 130,53; 131,08; 135,64; 136,56; 144,39; 147,11; 153,10; 155,85; 159,18; 172,03. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.43; 20,20; 36.47; 42.49; 50.67; 61.41; 73.28; 99.87; 122.82; 126.98; 127.99; 129.60; 130.53; 131.08; 135.64; 136.56; 144.39; 147.11; 153.10; 155.85; 159.18; 172.03.

IR (KBr): 1208; 1479; 1606; 1656; 1724. IR (KBr): 1208; 1479; 1606; 1656; 1724.

Eksempel 18 : 5-etyl-9,10-difluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4,:6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] ki noi in-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 18: 5-ethyl-9,10-difluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4,:6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] ki noi in-3 ,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3,4-difluoranilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11i, 11j og 11k i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff; sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 3,4-difluoroaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11i, 11j and 11k of Example 11. Yellow solid; sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,47 (d, 1H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 8,15 (q, 1H); 8,25 (q, 1H); 8,68 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.47 (d, 1H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 8.15 (q, 1H); 8.25 (q, 1H); 8.68 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,41; 36,45; 42,48; 50,68; 61,40; 73,25; 99,92; 114,44; 115,42; 115,58; 122,96; 125,52; 130,56; 131,46; 144,21; 145,25; 142,36; 153,41; 155,85; 159,15; 172,00. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.41; 36.45; 42.48; 50.68; 61.40; 73.25; 99.92; 114.44; 115.42; 115.58; 122.96; 125.52; 130.56; 131.46; 144.21; 145.25; 142.36; 153.41; 155.85; 159.15; 172.00.

IR (KBr): 1266; 1512; 1581; 1618; 1751. IR (KBr): 1266; 1512; 1581; 1618; 1751.

Eksempel 19 : 7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-9H,11H-[1,3] dioksolo [4,5-g] Example 19: 7-ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-9H,11H-[1,3]dioxolo [4,5-g]

oksepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-9,12[14H]-dion oxepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-9,12[14H]-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3,4-metylendioksyanilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 i, 11] og 11 k i eksempel 11. Kremfarvet, fast stoff; sm.p. >250° C. This compound is obtained from 3,4-methylenedioxyaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 i, 11] and 11 k of Example 11. Cream solid; sm.p. >250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H);

5,20 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,00 (s, 1H); 6,30 (s, 2H); 7,30 <s, 1H); 7,49 (d,2H); 8,45 (s,1H). 5.20 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.00 (p, 1H); 6.30 (s, 2H); 7.30 <s, 1H); 7.49 (d, 2H); 8.45 (p.1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,43; 36,49; 42,56; 50,58; 61,42; 73,31; 98,87; 102,75; 103,33; 104,92; 121,76; 125,74; 128,59; 130,33; 145,08; 146,69; 148,78; 150,19; 151,49; 155,90; 159,24; 172,08. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.43; 36.49; 42.56; 50.58; 61.42; 73.31; 98.87; 102.75; 103.33; 104.92; 121.76; 125.74; 128.59; 130.33; 145.08; 146.69; 148.78; 150.19; 151.49; 155.90; 159.24; 172.08.

IR (KBr): 1248; 1459; 1606;1731. IR (KBr): 1248; 1459; 1606; 1731.

Eksempel 20 : 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1H-oksepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 20: 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-3, 15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3-klor-4-metoksyanilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 i, 11 j og 11 k i eksempel 11. Hvitt, fast stoff; sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 3-chloro-4-methoxyaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 i, 11 j and 11 k of Example 11. White solid; sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 4,01 (s, 3H); 5,22 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,02 (s, 1H); 7,31 (s, 1H); 7,68 (s, 1H); 8,20 (s, 1H); 8,55 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 4.01 (s, 3H); 5.22 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.02 (s, 1H); 7.31 (s, 1H); 7.68 (s, 1H); 8.20 (s, 1H); 8.55 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,22; 36,27; 42,30; 50,48; 56,69; 61,23; 73,08; 99,16; 107,44; 122,16; 127,12; 128,12; 129,25; 130,02; 130,53; 143,29; 144,37; 151,12; 153,29; 155,71; 158,98; 171,84. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.22; 36.27; 42.30; 50.48; 56.69; 61.23; 73.08; 99.16; 107.44; 122.16; 127.12; 128.12; 129.25; 130.02; 130.53; 143.29; 144.37; 151.12; 153.29; 155.71; 158.98; 171.84.

IR (KBr): 1056; 1256; 1483; 1592; 1657; 1747. IR (KBr): 1056; 1256; 1483; 1592; 1657; 1747.

Eksempel 21 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino Example 21: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino

[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 4-metoksyanilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 .i., 11 j. og 11 .k. i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff; This compound is obtained from 4-methoxyaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 .i., 11 j. and 11.k. in Example 11. Yellow solid;

sm.p. > 250° C. sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 3,95 (s, 3H); 5,28 (s, 2H); 5,40 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,00 (s, 1H); 7,38 (s, 1H); 7,51 (d, 2H); 8,07 (d, 1H); 8,55 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 3.95 (s, 3H); 5.28 (s, 2H); 5.40 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.00 (p, 1H); 7.38 (s, 1H); 7.51 (d, 2H); 8.07 (d, 1H); 8.55 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,45; 36,48; 42,51; 50,64; 55,92; 61,42; 73,33; 99,01; 106,49; 122,02; 123,19; 129,59; 130,20; 130,43; 144,17; 144,94; 150,40; 155,92; 158,31; 159,26; 172,07. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.45; 36.48; 42.51; 50.64; 55.92; 61.42; 73.33; 99.01; 106.49; 122.02; 123.19; 129.59; 130.20; 130.43; 144.17; 144.94; 150.40; 155.92; 158.31; 159.26; 172.07.

IR (KBr): 1251; 1604; 1655; 1735. IR (KBr): 1251; 1604; 1655; 1735.

Eksempel 22 : 9,11-diklor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4,:6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 22: 9,11-dichloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4,:6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3,5-dikloranilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 .i., 11 .j. og 11 .k. i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff; This compound is obtained from 3,5-dichloroaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 .i., 11 .j. and 11.k. in Example 11. Yellow solid;

sm.p. > 250° C. sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 5,30 (s, 2H); 5,41 (d, 1H); 5,55 (d, 1H); 6,08 (s, 1H); 7,41 (s, 1H); 8,05 (s, 1H); 8,21 (s, 1H); 8,91 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 5.30 (s, 2H); 5.41 (d, 1H); 5.55 (d, 1H); 6.08 (s, 1H); 7.41 (s, 1H); 8.05 (s, 1H); 8.21 (s, 1H); 8.91 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,39; 36,45; 42,51; 51,03; 61,39; 73,25; 100,62; 123,55; 124,63; 127,60; 128,08; 128,56; 132,06; 132,19; 134,53; 143,77; 148,80; 154,88; 155,82; 159,13; 171,98. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.39; 36.45; 42.51; 51.03; 61.39; 73.25; 100.62; 123.55; 124.63; 127.60; 128.08; 128.56; 132.06; 132.19; 134.53; 143.77; 148.80; 154.88; 155.82; 159.13; 171.98.

IR (KBr): 1064; 1275; 1586; 1651; 1743. IR (KBr): 1064; 1275; 1586; 1651; 1743.

Eksempel 23 : 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-mety 1-1 H-oksepino Example 23: 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl 1-1H-oxepino

[3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-Jb]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-Jb]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 3-fluor-4-metylanilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 .i., 11 .j. og 11 .k. i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff; sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 3-fluoro-4-methylaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 .i., 11 .j. and 11.k. in Example 11. Yellow solid; sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,89 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 2,49 (s, 3H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,49 (d, 1H); 5,21 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d,1H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 7,87 (d, 1H); 8,05 (d, 1H); 8,61 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.89 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 2.49 (s, 3H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.49 (d, 1H); 5.21 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 7.87 (d, 1H); 8.05 (d, 1H); 8.61 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,40; 15,14; 36,45; 42,52; 50,60; 61,41; 73,28; 99,71; 112,00; 122,66; 125,38; 127,66; 129,59; 130,28; 144,49; 147,88; 152,88; 155,85; 159,18; 162^25; 172,02. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.40; 15.14; 36.45; 42.52; 50.60; 61.41; 73.28; 99.71; 112.00; 122.66; 125.38; 127.66; 129.59; 130.28; 144.49; 147.88; 152.88; 155.85; 159.18; 162^25; 172.02.

IR (KBr): 1054; 1580; 1651; 1760. IR (KBr): 1054; 1580; 1651; 1760.

Eksempel 24: 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 24: 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15( 4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 4-fluoranilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 .i., 11 .j. og 11 .k. i eksempel 11. Hvitt, fast stoff; sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 4-fluoroaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11 .i., 11 .j. and 11.k. in Example 11. White solid; sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 5,29 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,55 (d, 1H); 6,30 (s, 1H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 7,80 (q, 1H); 7,99 (q, 1H); 8,23 (q, 1H);8,68 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 5.29 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.55 (d, 1H); 6.30 (s, 1H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 7.80 (q, 1H); 7.99 (q, 1H); 8.23 (q, 1H); 8.68 (s, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,40; 36,46; 42,48; 50,66; 61,41; 73,31; 99,68; 111,83; 122,75; 128,93; 130,93; 131,22; 131,93; 144,46; 145,27; 152,60; 155,89; 159,21; 172,04. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.40; 36.46; 42.48; 50.66; 61.41; 73.31; 99.68; 111.83; 122.75; 128.93; 130.93; 131.22; 131.93; 144.46; 145.27; 152.60; 155.89; 159.21; 172.04.

IR (KBr): 1209; 1589; 1659; 1739. IR (KBr): 1209; 1589; 1659; 1739.

Eksempel 25: 10-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3',4':6[7]indoli2ino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 25: 10-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3',4':6[7]indoli2ino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15( 4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 4-kloranilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11 ,i., 11 .j. og 11 .k. i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff. sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from 4-chloroaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11.i., 11.j. and 11.k. in Example 11. Yellow solid. sm.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,47 (d, 1H); 5,25 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 7,89 (d, 1H); 8,19 (d, 1H);8,29 (s, 1H); 8,67 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.47 (d, 1H); 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 7.89 (d, 1H); 8.19 (d, 1H); 8.29 (s, 1H); 8.67 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,40; 36,46; 42,47; 50,70; 61,42; 73,31; 100,00; 122,96; 127,31; 127,42; 128,87; 131,11; 132,12; 144,34; 146,53; 153,38; 155,88; 159,20; 172,04. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.40; 36.46; 42.47; 50.70; 61.42; 73.31; 100.00; 122.96; 127.31; 127.42; 128.87; 131.11; 132.12; 144.34; 146.53; 153.38; 155.88; 159.20; 172.04.

IR (KBr): 1069;1483; 1606 ; 1741. IR (KBr): 1069; 1483; 1606; 1741.

Eksempel 26: 10-klor-5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 26: 10-chloro-5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline- 3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra 4-klor-3-fluoranilin i henhold til metoden illustrert i trinnene 11.i., 11.j. og 11.k. i eksempel 11. Gult, fast stoff. sm.p. This compound is obtained from 4-chloro-3-fluoroaniline according to the method illustrated in steps 11.i., 11.j. and 11.k. in Example 11. Yellow solid. sm.p.

> 250° C. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H);

5,25 (s, 2H); 5,39 (d, 1H); 5,51 (d, 1H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7,40 (s, 1H); 8,20 (d, 1H); 8,40 (d, 1H); 8,68 (s, 1H). 5.25 (s, 2H); 5.39 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.40 (s, 1H); 8.20 (d, 1H); 8.40 (d, 1H); 8.68 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,38; 36,47; 42,58; 50,71; 61,40; 73,26; 99,99; 113,59; 123,09; 124,28; 127,74; 130,64; 131,31; 144,13; 145,08; 153,57; 154,13; 155,84; 156,61; 159,14; 172,00. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.38; 36.47; 42.58; 50.71; 61.40; 73.26; 99.99; 113.59; 123.09; 124.28; 127.74; 130.64; 131.31; 144.13; 145.08; 153.57; 154.13; 155.84; 156.61; 159.14; 172.00.

IR (KBr): 1488; 1583; 1655; 1743. IR (KBr): 1488; 1583; 1655; 1743.

Eksempel 27 : 5l12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-11-morfolino-metyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15-(4H.13H) - dion Example 27: 5l12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-11-morpholino-methyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3 ,15-(4H.13H)-dione

Denne forbindelsen blir oppnådd fra morfolin i henhold til metoden illustrert i eksempel 15.a. Hvitt, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. This compound is obtained from morpholine according to the method illustrated in Example 15.a. White solid, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,85 (t, 3H); 1,87 (q, 2H); 2,53 (s, 4H); 3,03 (d, 1H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.85 (t, 3H); 1.87 (q, 2H); 2.53 (s, 4H); 3.03 (d, 1H);

3,45 (d, 1H); 3,57 (s, 4H); 4,02 (s, 2H); 5,01 (s, 2H); 5,38 (d, 1H); 5,52 (d, 1H); 6,0 (se, 1H); 7,30 (s, 1H); 7,42 (d, 1H); 7,95 (d, 1H); 8,82 (s, 1H). 3.45 (d, 1H); 3.57 (s, 4H); 4.02 (s, 2H); 5.01 (s, 2H); 5.38 (d, 1H); 5.52 (d, 1H); 6.0 (see, 1H); 7.30 (s, 1H); 7.42 (d, 1H); 7.95 (d, 1H); 8.82 (p, 1H).

NMR-C 13 (DMSO): 8,45; 3,49; 42,58; 53,04; 61,44; 66,33; 73,33; 98,81; 113,78; 121,81; 122,74; 126,80; 129,05; 129,91; 143,72; 145,07; 149,24; 155,06; 156,92; 159,28; 172,08. NMR-C 13 (DMSO): 8.45; 3.49; 42.58; 53.04; 61.44; 66.33; 73.33; 98.81; 113.78; 121.81; 122.74; 126.80; 129.05; 129.91; 143.72; 145.07; 149.24; 155.06; 156.92; 159.28; 172.08.

IR (KBr): 1515; 1595; 1654; 1736. IR (KBr): 1515; 1595; 1654; 1736.

Eksempel 28 : 5,12-dietyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion 28.a. 5-fluor-4-metoksy-2-propionylanilin Example 28 : 5,12-diethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] quinoline -3,15(4H,13H)-dione 28.a. 5-fluoro-4-methoxy-2-propionylaniline

(Dette produktet blir oppnådd i henhold til Sugasawa T; Toyoda T; Adachi M; Sasakura K, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 100 (1978), s.4842-4852). Til en oppløsning av 3-fluor-4-metoksy-anilin (20 g, 142 mmol) i vannfri diklormetan (200 ml), under en atmosfære av argon og ved 0° C, blir dråpevis satt bortriklorid (1M i heptan, 156 ml, 156 mmol). Den således oppnådde rosa suspensjonen blir holdt under omrøring i 5 minutter, og deretter dråpevis tilsatt propionitril (33 ml, 420 mmol) fulgt av aluminiumtriklorid (20,8 g, 156 mmol) i små porsjoner. Reaksjonsblandingen blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i 3 timer, igjen avkjølt til 0° C, hydrolysert ved forsiktig tilsetning av 2N saltsyre (100 ml), og deretter bragt til tilbakeløp i 45 min. Etter ny avkjøling til 0° C, får man et bunnfall som blir filtrert, vasket med diklormetan, og deretter påny tatt opp i vann (300 ml). Den vandige fasen blir gjort basisk til alkalisk pH, og ekstrahert med diklormetan og deretter etylacetat. Den organiske fasen blir tørret (MgS04) og (This product is obtained according to Sugasawa T; Toyoda T; Adachi M; Sasakura K, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 100 (1978), pp.4842-4852). Boron trichloride (1M in heptane, 156 ml , 156 mmol). The pink suspension thus obtained is kept under stirring for 5 minutes, and then propionitrile (33 ml, 420 mmol) is added dropwise followed by aluminum trichloride (20.8 g, 156 mmol) in small portions. The reaction mixture is heated under reflux for 3 hours, cooled again to 0° C., hydrolyzed by the careful addition of 2N hydrochloric acid (100 ml), and then refluxed for 45 minutes. After further cooling to 0° C, a precipitate is obtained which is filtered, washed with dichloromethane, and then taken up again in water (300 ml). The aqueous phase is basified to alkaline pH, and extracted with dichloromethane and then ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and

deretter inndampet, for å gi et råprodukt som blir renset ved kolonnekromatografi (SiC-2, AcOEt/Hpt: 1/99 til 20/80). Man får 15,3 g av et gult, fast stoff. then evaporated, to give a crude product which is purified by column chromatography (SiC-2, AcOEt/Hpt: 1/99 to 20/80). 15.3 g of a yellow solid is obtained.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 1,20 (t, 3H); 2,92 (q, 2H); 3,83 (s, 3H); 6,2 (s, 2H); NMR-<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 1.20 (t, 3H); 2.92 (q, 2H); 3.83 (s, 3H); 6.2 (s, 2H);

6,40 (d, 2H); 7,32 (d, 2H). 6.40 (d, 2H); 7.32 (d, 2H).

IR (KBr): 857; 1148; 1240; 1561; 1583; 1662. IR (KBr): 857; 1148; 1240; 1561; 1583; 1662.

28.b. Etyl-4-etyl-7-fluor-2-hydroksy-6-metoksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat 28.b. Ethyl 4-ethyl-7-fluoro-2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3-quinolinecarboxylate

Til en oppløsning av 5-fluor-4-metoksy-2-propionylanilin (15,3 g, 77,5 mmol) og trietylamin (13,9 ml, 100 mmol) i vannfri acetonitril (110 ml), under argon og ved 0° C, blir dråpevis satt en oppløsning av etylmalonylklorid (12,9 ml, 100 mmol) i vannfri acetonitril (30 ml). Reaksjonsmediet får stå for å komme tilbake til omgivelsestemperatur, en oppløsning av natriumetylat (oppnådd med 1,8 g, 78 mmol natrium i 80 ml etanol) blir dråpevis tilsatt via en kanyle, og blandingen får deretter stå under omrøring i 12 timer ved omgivelses-temperatur. Reaksjonsblandingen blir hellet i is-vann (100 ml) og omrørt i 2 timer, deretter blir det utfelte stoffet filtrert og vasket med vann, etanol ig eter. Man får 19,4 g av et hvitt, fast stoff. To a solution of 5-fluoro-4-methoxy-2-propionylaniline (15.3 g, 77.5 mmol) and triethylamine (13.9 mL, 100 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (110 mL), under argon and at 0 ° C, a solution of ethyl malonyl chloride (12.9 ml, 100 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (30 ml) is added dropwise. The reaction medium is allowed to return to ambient temperature, a solution of sodium ethylate (obtained with 1.8 g, 78 mmol sodium in 80 ml ethanol) is added dropwise via a cannula, and the mixture is then allowed to stir for 12 h at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-water (100 ml) and stirred for 2 hours, then the precipitated substance is filtered and washed with water, ethanol and ether. 19.4 g of a white, solid substance is obtained.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1,25 (m, 6H); 2,78 (q, 2H); 3,92 (s, 3H); 4,30 (q, 2H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1.25 (m, 6H); 2.78 (q, 2H); 3.92 (s, 3H); 4.30 (q, 2H);

7,15 (d, 2H); 7,40 (d, 2H); 11,93 (s, 1H). 7.15 (d, 2H); 7.40 (d, 2H); 11.93 (p, 1H).

IR (KBr): 786; 1083; 1410; 1521; 1644; 1725. IR (KBr): 786; 1083; 1410; 1521; 1644; 1725.

28.c. Etyl-2-ktor-4-etyl-7-fluor-6-metoksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat 28.c. Ethyl 2-ctor-4-ethyl-7-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-quinolinecarboxylate

En suspensjon av etyl-4-etyl-7-fluor-2-hydroksy-6-metoksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat (19,4 g, 0,066 mol) i fosforylklorid (243 ml) blir bragt til tilbakeløp i 6 timer. Fosforylkloridet blir destillert. Reaksjonsblandingen blir hellet i is-vann. Den tas opp i diklormetan for oppløsning. Den organiske fasen vaskes med vann, og deretter med en oppløsning mettet natriumklorid. Den organiske fasen tørres med magnesiumsulfat og oppløsningsmidlet avdampes. Residuet suspenderes i eter og det uomdannede utgangsmatgerialet (4 g) frafiltreres. Filtratet blir inndampet, og residuet renses ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, AcOEt/Hpt: 5/95 å 20/80). Man får 10,9 g av et hvitt, fast stoff. A suspension of ethyl 4-ethyl-7-fluoro-2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3-quinolinecarboxylate (19.4 g, 0.066 mol) in phosphoryl chloride (243 mL) is refluxed for 6 hours. The phosphoryl chloride is distilled. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-water. It is taken up in dichloromethane for dissolution. The organic phase is washed with water, and then with a solution of saturated sodium chloride. The organic phase is dried with magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is suspended in ether and the unconverted starting material (4 g) is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated, and the residue is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , AcOEt/Hpt: 5/95 to 20/80). 10.9 g of a white, solid substance is obtained.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1,30 (t, 3H); 1,39 (t, 3H); 3,08 (q, 2H); 4,09 (s, 3H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1.30 (t, 3H); 1.39 (t, 3H); 3.08 (q, 2H); 4.09 (s, 3H);

4,49 (q, 2H); 7,64 (d, 2H); 7,86 (d, 2H). 4.49 (q, 2H); 7.64 (d, 2H); 7.86 (d, 2H).

IR (KBr): 865; 1016; 1082; 1190; 1224; 1253; 1272; 1508; 1571; 1732. IR (KBr): 865; 1016; 1082; 1190; 1224; 1253; 1272; 1508; 1571; 1732.

28.d. 2-klor-4-etyl-7-f1uor-6-metoksy-3-kinolinmetanol 28.d. 2-chloro-4-ethyl-7-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-quinolinemethanol

En oppløsning av etyl-2-klor-4-etyl-7-fluor-6-metoksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat A solution of ethyl 2-chloro-4-ethyl-7-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-quinoline carboxylate

(10,8 g, 35 mmol) i vannfri diklormetan (200 ml) blir behandlet dråpevis ved omgivelsestemperatur under en inert atmosfære med diisobutylaluminiumhydrid (1M i diklormetan, 65 ml, 65 mmol), og deretter oppvarmet til 40° C i 4 timer. Blandingen avkjøles til 0° C, og en 20% vandig oppløsning av Rochelle-salt (105 ml) og diklormetan (200 ml) blir forsiktig tilsatt, og omrøring blir fortsatt i 1 time. Blandingen dekanteres, vaskes tre ganger med vann, og den organiske fasen tørres på magnesiumsulfat og oppløsningsmidlet avdampes. Residuet blir renset med kolonnekromatografi (Si02, AcOEt/Hpt: 5/95 til 50/50). Man får 6 g av et hvitt, fast stoff. (10.8 g, 35 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (200 mL) is treated dropwise at ambient temperature under an inert atmosphere with diisobutylaluminum hydride (1M in dichloromethane, 65 mL, 65 mmol), and then heated to 40° C. for 4 h. The mixture is cooled to 0°C, and a 20% aqueous solution of Rochelle salt (105 mL) and dichloromethane (200 mL) is carefully added, and stirring is continued for 1 hour. The mixture is decanted, washed three times with water, and the organic phase is dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , AcOEt/Hpt: 5/95 to 50/50). You get 6 g of a white, solid substance.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1,28 (t, 3H); 3,25 (q, 2H); 4,04 (s, 3H); 4,77 (d, 2H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1.28 (t, 3H); 3.25 (q, 2H); 4.04 (s, 3H); 4.77 (d, 2H);

5,27 (t, 1H); 7,55 (d. 2H); 7,73 (d, 2H). 5.27 (t, 1H); 7.55 (d. 2H); 7.73 (d, 2H).

IR (KBr): 840; 864; 1023; 1232; 1267; 1317; 1444; 1511; 1569. IR (KBr): 840; 864; 1023; 1232; 1267; 1317; 1444; 1511; 1569.

28.e. 5,12-dietyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion 28.e. 5,12-diethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3, 15(4H,13H)-dione

2-klor-4-etyl-7-fluor-6-metoksy-3-kinolinmetanol blir koblet med forbindelse (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11.j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til metoden i trinn 11 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, 2-chloro-4-ethyl-7-fluoro-6-methoxy-3-quinolinemethanol is coupled with compound (M) as described in step 11.j. in Example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the method of step 11 .k. A yellow solid is obtained,

sm.p. > 275° C. sm.p. > 275°C.

NMR-<1>H (CF3COOD): 1,07 (m, 3H); 1,62 (m, 3H); 2,27 (m,2H); 3,44 (d, 1H); 3,54 (m, 2H); 3,91 (d, 1H); 4,25 (s, 3H); 5,60 (d, 1H); 5,74 (s, 2H); 5,98 (d, 1H); 7,85 (rn, 1H); 8,16 (m, 1H); 8,31 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CF 3 COOD): 1.07 (m, 3H); 1.62 (m, 3H); 2.27 (m, 2H); 3.44 (d, 1H); 3.54 (m, 2H); 3.91 (d, 1H); 4.25 (s, 3H); 5.60 (d, 1H); 5.74 (s, 2H); 5.98 (d, 1H); 7.85 (rn, 1H); 8.16 (m, 1H); 8.31 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CF3COOD): 9,03; 14,20; 26,68; 38,77; 43,98; 53,79; 58,27; 64,73; 77,93; 106,85; 109,24; 110,15; 128,99; 129,20; 131,61; 137,32; 141,23; 144,13; 154,79; 158,32; 160,25; 160,81; 179,30. NMR-C<13> (CF3COOD): 9.03; 14.20; 26.68; 38.77; 43.98; 53.79; 58.27; 64.73; 77.93; 106.85; 109.24; 110.15; 128.99; 129.20; 131.61; 137.32; 141.23; 144.13; 154.79; 158.32; 160.25; 160.81; 179.30.

IR (KBr): 1013; 1068; 1265; 1466; 1514; 1601; 1655; 1748. IR (KBr): 1013; 1068; 1265; 1466; 1514; 1601; 1655; 1748.

Eksempel 29 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-metyl-1 H-oksepino Example 29: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-methyl-1H-oxepino

[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion [3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

2-acetylanilin anvendes ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 28.b., 28.c. og 28.d. hvilket gir 2-klor-4-metyl-3-kinolinmetanol. Sistnevnte kobles med forbindelse (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cykliskert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinn 11 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. 2-acetylaniline is used in the method described in examples 28.b., 28.c. and the 28th giving 2-chloro-4-methyl-3-quinolinemethanol. The latter is connected with compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in Example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 11 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR <1>H (DMSO): 0,87 (t, 3H); 1,87 (q, 2H); 2,78 (s, 3H); 2,80 (d, 1H); 3,55 (d, 1H); 5,27 (s, 2H); 5,42 (d, 1H); 5,52 (d, 1H); 6,04 (s, 1H); 7,39 (s, 1H); 7,75 (t, 1H); 7,88 (t, 1H); 8,13 (d, 1H); 8,25 (d, 1H). NMR <1>H (DMSO): 0.87 (t, 3H); 1.87 (q, 2H); 2.78 (s, 3H); 2.80 (d, 1H); 3.55 (d, 1H); 5.27 (s, 2H); 5.42 (d, 1H); 5.52 (d, 1H); 6.04 (s, 1H); 7.39 (s, 1H); 7.75 (t, 1H); 7.88 (t, 1H); 8.13 (d, 1H); 8.25 (d, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,23; 36,26; 42,36; 62,00; 73,11; 78,65; 79,13; 79,25; 99,52; 122,36; 124,30; 127,67; 129,54; 129,55; 129,56; 140,11; 145,06; 148,07; 152,00; 155,79; 159,09; 171,89. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.23; 36.26; 42.36; 62.00; 73.11; 78.65; 79.13; 79.25; 99.52; 122.36; 124.30; 127.67; 129.54; 129.55; 129.56; 140.11; 145.06; 148.07; 152.00; 155.79; 159.09; 171.89.

IR (KBr): 1649; 1751; 3404. IR (KBr): 1649; 1751; 3404.

Eksempel 30 : 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-(4-metyl-piperazinometyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino-[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 30: 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-12-(4-methyl-piperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino -[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

30.a. 5-klor-2-kloracetyl-4-metoksyanilin 30. a. 5-chloro-2-chloroacetyl-4-methoxyaniline

Dette produktet blir oppnådd i henhold til Sugasawa T.; Toyoda T.; Adachi M.; Sasakura K., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 100 (1978), s. 4842-4852). Til en oppløsning av 3-klor-4-metoksy-anilin (23,6 g, 150 mmol) blir under en inert atmosfære ved 0° C suksessivt satt dråpevis en molar oppløsning av bortriklorid i heksan (164 ml, 164 mmol), kloracetonitril (11,4 ml, 180 mmol), og en molar oppløsning av dietylaluminiumklorid i heksan (164 ml, 164 mmol). Reaksjonsmediet blir oppvarmet under tilbakeløp i 1 time, avkjølt til 0° C, hydrolysert ved forsiktig tilsetning av 2N saltsyre (90 ml), og deretter holdt ved tilbakeløp i 1 time. Det avkjøles igjen og en konsentrert oppløsning av natriumbikarbonat blir tilsatt til pH 14. Oppløsningen blir ekstrahert med etylacetat, og den organiske fasen blir vasket i vann og deretter saltvann. Den tørres på magnesiumsulfat, filtreres og inndampes under redusert trykk. Residuet gjenvinnes i isopentan, dekanteres og uoppløselig stoff opptas i en minimal mengde isopropyleter, og isopentan tilsettes for å utfelle produktet. Dette frafiltreres og tørres under vakuum. Man får 17,26 g av et brunt, fast stoff. This product is obtained according to Sugasawa T.; Toyoda T.; Adachi M.; Sasakura K., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 100 (1978), pp. 4842-4852). To a solution of 3-chloro-4-methoxyaniline (23.6 g, 150 mmol) under an inert atmosphere at 0° C is successively added dropwise a molar solution of boron trichloride in hexane (164 ml, 164 mmol), chloroacetonitrile (11.4 mL, 180 mmol), and a molar solution of diethylaluminum chloride in hexane (164 mL, 164 mmol). The reaction medium is heated under reflux for 1 hour, cooled to 0° C., hydrolyzed by careful addition of 2N hydrochloric acid (90 mL), and then refluxed for 1 hour. It is cooled again and a concentrated solution of sodium bicarbonate is added to pH 14. The solution is extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase is washed with water and then brine. It is dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is recovered in isopentane, decanted, and insoluble material is taken up in a minimal amount of isopropyl ether, and isopentane is added to precipitate the product. This is filtered off and dried under vacuum. 17.26 g of a brown solid is obtained.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 3,82 (s, 3H); 4,60 (s, 2H); 6,11 (s, 2H); 6,78 (s, 1H); 7,11 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 3.82 (s, 3H); 4.60 (s, 2H); 6.11 (s, 2H); 6.78 (s, 1H); 7,11 (p, 1H).

30.b. Etyl-7-klor-4-klormetyl-2-hydroksy-6-metoksy-3-kinolin-karboksylat 30.b. Ethyl 7-chloro-4-chloromethyl-2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3-quinoline carboxylate

Til en oppløsning av 5-klor-2-kloracetyl-4-metoksyanilin (17 g, 73 mmol) og trietylamin (18,5 ml, 131 mmol) i vannfri acetonitril (310 ml) blir, under argon og ved 0° C, dråpevis satt en oppløsning av etylmalonylklorid (17 ml, 131 mmol). Det omrøres i 2 timer ved omgivelsestemperatur, og deretter tilsettes dråpevis ved 0° C en oppløsning av natriumetanolat i etanolat (oppnådd med 1,88 g, 80 mmol natrium i 90 ml etanol). Det omrøres i 12 timer ved omgivelsestemperatur. 300 ml vann tilsettes og det omrøres igjen i 20 minutter. Det utfelte stoffet filtreres og vaskes med vann, etanol og etyleter. Man får etter tørring i vakuum 16,7 g av et gulaktig, fast stoff. To a solution of 5-chloro-2-chloroacetyl-4-methoxyaniline (17 g, 73 mmol) and triethylamine (18.5 mL, 131 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (310 mL), under argon and at 0° C., a solution of ethylmalonyl chloride (17 ml, 131 mmol) was added dropwise. It is stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature, and then a solution of sodium ethanolate in ethanolate (obtained with 1.88 g, 80 mmol of sodium in 90 ml of ethanol) is added dropwise at 0° C. It is stirred for 12 hours at ambient temperature. 300 ml of water is added and it is stirred again for 20 minutes. The precipitated substance is filtered and washed with water, ethanol and ethyl ether. After drying in a vacuum, 16.7 g of a yellowish solid substance is obtained.

i in

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1,31 (t, 3H); 3,95 (s, 3H); 4,36 (q, 2H); 4,95 (s, 2H); 7,46 (s, 1H); 7,49 (s,1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 1.31 (t, 3H); 3.95 (s, 3H); 4.36 (q, 2H); 4.95 (s, 2H); 7.46 (s, 1H); 7.49 (p.1H).

30.C. Etyl-2,7-diklor-4-klormetyl-6-metoksy-3-kinolin-karboksylat 30.C. Ethyl 2,7-dichloro-4-chloromethyl-6-methoxy-3-quinoline carboxylate

En suspensjon av etyl-7-klor-4-klormetyl-2-hydroksy-6-metoksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat (116,7 g, 50 mmol) i fosforylklorid (100 ml) blir bragt til tilbakeløp i 6 timer. Fosforylkloridet blir avdestillert. Residuet blir tatt opp i vann og omrøres i 30 min. Det utfelte stoffet blir frafiltrert og vasket med vann for nøytralisering. Det utfelte stoffet tas opp i diklormetan og med en mettet oppløsning av natriumklorid. Det filtreres gjennom en pute av celite og filtratet dekanteres. Den organiske fasen vaskes påny med en mettet oppløsning av natriumklorid. Den tørres over magnesiumsulfat og filtreres og inndampes under redusert trykk. Man får 15,88 g av en brun olje. A suspension of ethyl 7-chloro-4-chloromethyl-2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3-quinolinecarboxylate (116.7 g, 50 mmol) in phosphoryl chloride (100 mL) is refluxed for 6 h. The phosphoryl chloride is distilled off. The residue is taken up in water and stirred for 30 min. The precipitated substance is filtered off and washed with water for neutralization. The precipitated substance is taken up in dichloromethane and with a saturated solution of sodium chloride. It is filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate is decanted. The organic phase is washed again with a saturated solution of sodium chloride. It is dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. You get 15.88 g of a brown oil.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 1,47 (t, 3H); 4,08 (t, 3H); 4,55 (q, 2H); 4,87 (s, 2H); 7,35 (s, 1H); 8,09 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CDCl3 ): 1.47 (t, 3H); 4.08 (t, 3H); 4.55 (q, 2H); 4.87 (s, 2H); 7.35 (s, 1H); 8.09 (p, 1H).

30.d. Etyl-2,7-diklor-6-metoksy-4-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-3-kinolin-karboksylat 30.d. Ethyl 2,7-dichloro-6-methoxy-4-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-3-quinoline carboxylate

En blanding av etyl-2,7-diklor-4-klormetyl-6-metoksy-3-kinolin-karboksylat A mixture of ethyl 2,7-dichloro-4-chloromethyl-6-methoxy-3-quinoline carboxylate

(6,9 g, 20 mmol) og W-metylpiperazin (9 ml, 80 mmol) blir oppvarmet til 60° C i 30 min. Reaksjonsblandingen blir fortynnet med vann og ekstrahert med etylacetat. Den organiske fasen dekanteres og vaskes med vann. Den tørres over magnesiumsulfat, filtreres og inndampes under redusert trykk. Residuet opptas i vann, omrøres i 15 minutter, filtreres, vaskes med vann og tørres under (6.9 g, 20 mmol) and N-methylpiperazine (9 ml, 80 mmol) are heated to 60° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is decanted and washed with water. It is dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in water, stirred for 15 minutes, filtered, washed with water and dried under

vakuum. Residuet renses ved kolonnekromatografi (Si02, MeOH/CH2Cl2: 5/95 til 8/92). Man får 6,7 g av et beige, fast produkt. vacuum. The residue is purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 : 5/95 to 8/92). You get 6.7 g of a beige, solid product.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 1,45 (t, 3H); 2,28 (s, 3H); 2,35-2,70 (m, 8H); 3,86 (s, 2H); 4,04 (s, 3H); 4,48 (q, 2H); 7,77 (s, 1H); 8,05 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 1.45 (t, 3H); 2.28 (s, 3H); 2.35-2.70 (m, 8H); 3.86 (s, 2H); 4.04 (s, 3H); 4.48 (q, 2H); 7.77 (s, 1H); 8.05 (p, 1H).

30.e. 2,7-diklor-6-metoksy-4-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-3-kinolin-metanol 30.e. 2,7-dichloro-6-methoxy-4-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-3-quinoline-methanol

Etyl-2,7-diklor-6-metoksy-4-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-3-kinolin-karboksylat (6 g, 14,5 mmol) blir oppløst i metylenklorid (120 ml). En molar oppløsning av diisobutyl-aluminiumhydrid i metylenklorid (60 ml, 60 mmol) blir langsomt tilsatt. Det omrøres i én time ved omgivelsestemperatur. Reaksjonsblandingen helles langsomt i 300 ml av en oppløsning av en 20 % Rochelle-saltoppløsning. Det omrøres i én time; filtreres på celite; dekanteres, og den organiske fasen vaskes med en mettet oppløsning av natriumklorid. Det tørres over magnesiumsulfat, filtreres og inndampes under redusert trykk. Det faste stoffet opptas i isopropyleter, filtreres og tørres i vakuum. Man får 4,3 g av det ønskede produkt (80 %), i form av et gult, fast stoff. Ethyl 2,7-dichloro-6-methoxy-4-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-3-quinoline carboxylate (6 g, 14.5 mmol) is dissolved in methylene chloride (120 mL). A molar solution of diisobutyl aluminum hydride in methylene chloride (60 mL, 60 mmol) is slowly added. It is stirred for one hour at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture is poured slowly into 300 ml of a solution of a 20% Rochelle salt solution. It is stirred for one hour; filtered on celite; is decanted, and the organic phase is washed with a saturated solution of sodium chloride. It is dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The solid is taken up in isopropyl ether, filtered and dried in vacuo. 4.3 g of the desired product (80%) are obtained in the form of a yellow solid.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 2,27 (s, 3H); 2,30-2,80 (m, 8H); 4,03 (s, 3H); 4,08 (s, 2H); 4,96 (s, 2H); 5,95 (s, 1H); 7,37 (s, 1H); 8,05 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 2.27 (s, 3H); 2.30-2.80 (m, 8H); 4.03 (s, 3H); 4.08 (s, 2H); 4.96 (s, 2H); 5.95 (s, 1H); 7.37 (s, 1H); 8.05 (p, 1H).

30.f. 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-(4-metyl-piperazinometyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6)7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4W,13H)-dion 30.f. 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-12-(4-methyl-piperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6)7]indolizino[1, 2-b]quinoline-3,15(4W,13H)-dione

2,7-diklor-6-metoksy-4-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-3-kinolin-metanol blir koblet med forbindelse (M) som beksrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten beskrevet i trinn 11 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. 2,7-dichloro-6-methoxy-4-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-3-quinoline-methanol is coupled with compound (M) as described in step 11.j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the method described in step 11 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,87 (t, 3H); 1,84 (q, 2H); 2,53 (s, 4H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,47 (d, 1H); 3,58 (s, 4H); 4,06 (s, 5H); 5,30 (s, 2H); 5,42 (q, 2H); 6,03 (s, 1H); 7,31 (s, 1H); 7,91 (s,1H); 8,16 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.87 (t, 3H); 1.84 (q, 2H); 2.53 (s, 4H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.47 (d, 1H); 3.58 (s, 4H); 4.06 (s, 5H); 5.30 (s, 2H); 5.42 (q, 2H); 6.03 (s, 1H); 7.31 (s, 1H); 7.91 (s, 1H); 8.16 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO) : 8,42; 36,53; 50,65; 53,30; 56,67; 62,00; 66,50; 73,32; 99,31; 104,86; 122,32; 126,94; 127,70; 129,83; 130,44; 138,89; 144,22; 144,85; 151,05; 153,17; 155,92; 159,19; 172,06. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.42; 36.53; 50.65; 53.30; 56.67; 62.00; 66.50; 73.32; 99.31; 104.86; 122.32; 126.94; 127.70; 129.83; 130.44; 138.89; 144.22; 144.85; 151.05; 153.17; 155.92; 159.19; 172.06.

IR (KBr): 862; 1063; 1116; 1248; 1595; 1655; 1744; 3449. IR (KBr): 862; 1063; 1116; 1248; 1595; 1655; 1744; 3449.

Eksempel 31 : 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-morfolinometyl-1 H-ok$epino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4W,13H)-dion Example 31: 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oc$epino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1, 2-b]quinoline-3,15(4W,13H)-dione

Man anvender 3-klor-4-metoksyanilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2,7-diklor-4-klormetyl-6-metoksy-3-kinolin-karboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d., ved anvendelse av morfolin istedenfor N-metylpiperazin, og oppløsningen reduseres i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet til forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinn 11 .k. Man får et beige, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. 3-chloro-4-methoxyaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2,7-dichloro-4-chloromethyl-6-methoxy-3-quinoline carboxylate which is treated according to the procedure in example 30.d., using morpholine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and the solution is reduced according to to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is coupled to the compound (M) as described in step 11 in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 11.k. A beige solid is obtained, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,87 (t, 3H); 1,84 (q, 2H); 2,15 (s, 3H); 2,32 (s, 4H); 2,50 (s, 4H); 3,08 (d, 1H); 3,47 (d, 1H); 4,06 (s, 5H); 5,29 (s, 2H); 5,46 (q, 2H); 6,06 (s, 1H); 7,31 (s, 1H); 7,92 (s, 1H); 8,17 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.87 (t, 3H); 1.84 (q, 2H); 2.15 (s, 3H); 2.32 (s, 4H); 2.50 (s, 4H); 3.08 (d, 1H); 3.47 (d, 1H); 4.06 (s, 5H); 5.29 (s, 2H); 5.46 (q, 2H); 6.06 (s, 1H); 7.31 (s, 1H); 7.92 (s, 1H); 8.17 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,42; 36,51; 42,57; 45,93; 50,66; 52,83; 55,05; 56,09; 56,72; 61,44; 73,29; 99,30; 104,89; 122,32; 126,89; 127,63; 129,85; 130,16; 138,78; 144,18; 144,81; 151,03; 153,10; 155,10; 159,17; 172,07. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.42; 36.51; 42.57; 45.93; 50.66; 52.83; 55.05; 56.09; 56.72; 61.44; 73.29; 99.30; 104.89; 122.32; 126.89; 127.63; 129.85; 130.16; 138.78; 144.18; 144.81; 151.03; 153.10; 155.10; 159.17; 172.07.

IR (KBr): 1055; 1252; 1596; 1655; 1747; 3449. IR (KBr): 1055; 1252; 1596; 1655; 1747; 3449.

Eksempel 32 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-(4-metyl piperazinometyl)-1 H-oksepino[3\4':6,7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 32: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3\4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline- 3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender anilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d. med N-metylpiperazin, og deretter reduseres i henhold tii fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet til forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11.j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får en gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. Aniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-3-quinolinecarboxylate which is treated according to the method in example 30.d. with N-methylpiperazine, and then reduced according to the method in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected to the connection (M) as described in step 11.j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,86 (t, 3H); 1,87 (q, 2H); 2,14 (s, 3H); 2,32-2,60 (m, 8H); 3,05 (d, 1H); 3,48 (d, 1H); 4,09 (q, 2H); 5,42 (d, 1H); 5,52 (d, 1H); 6,03 (se, 1H); 7,40 (s, 1H); 7,72 (t, 1H); 7,85 (t, 1H); 8,16 (d, 1H); 8,45 (d, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.86 (t, 3H); 1.87 (q, 2H); 2.14 (s, 3H); 2.32-2.60 (m, 8H); 3.05 (d, 1H); 3.48 (d, 1H); 4.09 (q, 2H); 5.42 (d, 1H); 5.52 (d, 1H); 6.03 (see, 1H); 7.40 (s, 1H); 7.72 (t, 1H); 7.85 (t, 1H); 8.16 (d, 1H); 8.45 (d, 1H).

IR (KBr): 1652; 1735; 3424. IR (KBr): 1652; 1735; 3424.

Eksempel 33 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-piperidinometyl-1H-oksepino [3',4,-.6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 33: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-piperidinomethyl-1H-oxepino [3',4,-.6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15( 4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender anilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d., ved anvendelse av piperidin istedenfor N-metytpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. Aniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-3-quinoline carboxylate which is treated according to the method in example 30.d., using piperidine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the method in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,86 (t, 3H); 1,40 {se, 2H); 1,48 (se, 4H); 1,87 (q, 2H); 2.50 (s, 4H); 3,05 (d, 1H); 3,48 (d, 1H); 4,04 (q, 2H); 5,33 (s, 2H); 5,42 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6,07 (se, 1H); 7,75 (t, 1H); 7,85 (t, 1H); 8,15 (d, 1H); 8,45 (d, 1H). NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,47; 23,50; 25,82; 36,50; 42,50; 50,68; 54,47; 58,00; 61,42; 73,35; 99,55; 122,61; 125,31; 127,58; 129,54; 129,55; 129,56; 129,57; 140,49; 144,95; 148,63; 152,41; 155,90; 159,23; 172,07. NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.86 (t, 3H); 1.40 {see, 2H); 1.48 (see, 4H); 1.87 (q, 2H); 2.50 (p, 4H); 3.05 (d, 1H); 3.48 (d, 1H); 4.04 (q, 2H); 5.33 (s, 2H); 5.42 (d, 1H); 5.51 (d, 1H); 6.07 (see, 1H); 7.75 (t, 1H); 7.85 (t, 1H); 8.15 (d, 1H); 8.45 (d, 1H). NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.47; 23.50; 25.82; 36.50; 42.50; 50.68; 54.47; 58.00; 61.42; 73.35; 99.55; 122.61; 125.31; 127.58; 129.54; 129.55; 129.56; 129.57; 140.49; 144.95; 148.63; 152.41; 155.90; 159.23; 172.07.

IR (KBr): 1659; 1727; 3408. IR (KBr): 1659; 1727; 3408.

Eksempel 34 : 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 34: 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H ,13H)-dione

Man anvender anilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d, ved anvendelse av morfolin istedenfor N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1.k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. Aniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-3-quinoline carboxylate which is treated according to the procedure in example 30.d, using morpholine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with compound (M) as described in step 11 j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1.k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,86 (t, 3H); 1,87 (q, 2H); 3,05 (d, 1H); 3,30 (s, 4H); 3,49 (d, 1H); 3,55 (se, 4H); 4,10 (q, 2H); 5,35 (s, 2H); 5,40 (d, 1H); 5,54 (d, 1H); 6,04 (s, 1H); 7,72 (t, 1H); 7,85 (t, 1H); 8,16 (d, 1H); 8,47 (d, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.86 (t, 3H); 1.87 (q, 2H); 3.05 (d, 1H); 3.30 (s, 4H); 3.49 (d, 1H); 3.55 (see, 4H); 4.10 (q, 2H); 5.35 (s, 2H); 5.40 (d, 1H); 5.54 (d, 1H); 6.04 (s, 1H); 7.72 (t, 1H); 7.85 (t, 1H); 8.16 (d, 1H); 8.47 (d, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,42; 36,51; 42,57; 50,68; 53,51; 56,06; 61,42; 66,41; 73,34; 99,56; 122,64; 125,25; 127,56; 129,81; 139,55; 144,92; 148,62; 152,39; 155,89; 159,21; 172,05. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.42; 36.51; 42.57; 50.68; 53.51; 56.06; 61.42; 66.41; 73.34; 99.56; 122.64; 125.25; 127.56; 129.81; 139.55; 144.92; 148.62; 152.39; 155.89; 159.21; 172.05.

IR (KBr): 1657; 1729; 3347. IR (KBr): 1657; 1729; 3347.

Eksempel 35: 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]- Example 35: 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-

indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender 4-fluoranilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-6-fluor-3-kinoltnkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d. med N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11.]. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 275° C. 4-fluoroaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-6-fluoro-3-quinoltenecarboxylate which is treated according to the method in example 30.d. with N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. This last is connected with compound (M) as described in step 11.]. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 275°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,87 (t, 3H); 1,85 (q, 2H); 2,15 (s, 3H); 2,31 (m, 4H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.87 (t, 3H); 1.85 (q, 2H); 2.15 (s, 3H); 2.31 (m, 4H);

2,50 (m, 4H); 3,07 (d, 1H); 3,48 (d, 1H); 4,04 (m, 2H); 5,31 (s, 2H); 5,40 (d, 1H); 5,53 (d, 1H); 6,05 (s, 1H); 7,38 (s, 1H); 7,77 (m, 1H); 8,19 (m, 2H). 2.50 (m, 4H); 3.07 (d, 1H); 3.48 (d, 1H); 4.04 (m, 2H); 5.31 (s, 2H); 5.40 (d, 1H); 5.53 (d, 1H); 6.05 (s, 1H); 7.38 (s, 1H); 7.77 (m, 1H); 8.19 (m, 2H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,43; 36,51; 42,54; 45,89; 50,67; 52,92; 54,93; 55,92; 73,32; 99,56; 122,69; 130,43; 132,40; 139,69; 144,70; 145,84; 152,19; 155,90; 159,17; 172,05. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.43; 36.51; 42.54; 45.89; 50.67; 52.92; 54.93; 55.92; 73.32; 99.56; 122.69; 130.43; 132.40; 139.69; 144.70; 145.84; 152.19; 155.90; 159.17; 172.05.

IR (KBr): 836; 1051; 1217; 1291; 1612; 1662; 1726. IR (KBr): 836; 1051; 1217; 1291; 1612; 1662; 1726.

Eksempel 36 : 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 36: 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3 ,15(4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender 4-fluoranilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-6-fluor-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d., ved anvendelse av morfolin istedenfor N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et beige, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. 4-fluoroaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-6-fluoro-3-quinolinecarboxylate which is treated according to the method in example 30.d., using morpholine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the method in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A beige solid is obtained, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,87 (m, 3H); 1,85 (m, 2H); 2,51 (m,4H); 3,06 (d, 1H); NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.87 (m, 3H); 1.85 (m, 2H); 2.51 (m, 4H); 3.06 (d, 1H);

3,48 (d, 1H); 3,56 (m, 4H); 4,05 (m, 2H); 5,34 (s, 2H); 5,40 (d, 1H); 5,53 (d, 1H); 6,04 (s, 1H); 7,38 (s, 1H); 7,77 (m, 1H); 8,21 (m, 2H). 3.48 (d, 1H); 3.56 (m, 4H); 4.05 (m, 2H); 5.34 (s, 2H); 5.40 (d, 1H); 5.53 (d, 1H); 6.04 (s, 1H); 7.38 (s, 1H); 7.77 (m, 1H); 8.21 (m, 2H).

NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8,40; 36,47; 42,52; 50,59; 53,40; 56,14; 61,44; 66,41; 73,29; 99,58; 109,05; 109,28; 120,11; 120,37; 122,68; 128,53; 130,53; 132,43; 139,13; 144,62; 145,79; 152,07; 155,94; 159,14; 161,59; 172,04. IR (KBr): 834; 860; 1061; 1118; 1215; 1286; 1516; 1609; 1658; 1734. NMR-C<13> (DMSO): 8.40; 36.47; 42.52; 50.59; 53.40; 56.14; 61.44; 66.41; 73.29; 99.58; 109.05; 109.28; 120.11; 120.37; 122.68; 128.53; 130.53; 132.43; 139.13; 144.62; 145.79; 152.07; 155.94; 159.14; 161.59; 172.04. IR (KBr): 834; 860; 1061; 1118; 1215; 1286; 1516; 1609; 1658; 1734.

Eksempel 37 : 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 37: 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[ 1,2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender 3-fluor-4-metylanilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-7-fluor-6-metyl-3-kinoltnkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d. med N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. 3-Fluoro-4-methylaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-7-fluoro-6-methyl-3-quinoltnecarboxylate which is treated according to the method in example 30.d. with N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (CDCI3): 1,00 (t, 3H); 2,00 (q, 2H); 2,35 (s, 3H); 2,50 (s, 3H); 2,61 (m, 8H); 3,33 (d, 1H); 3,39 (d, 1H); 3,97 (d, 1H); 4,07 (d, 1H); 5,17 (d, 1H); 5,38 (d, 1H); 5,52 (d, 1H); 5,63 (d, 1H); 7,13 (d, 1H); 7,28 (s, 1H); 7,99 (d, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CDCl3 ): 1.00 (t, 3H); 2.00 (q, 2H); 2.35 (s, 3H); 2.50 (s, 3H); 2.61 (m, 8H); 3.33 (d, 1H); 3.39 (d, 1H); 3.97 (d, 1H); 4.07 (d, 1H); 5.17 (d, 1H); 5.38 (d, 1H); 5.52 (d, 1H); 5.63 (d, 1H); 7.13 (d, 1H); 7.28 (s, 1H); 7.99 (d, 1H).

IR (KBr): 1652; 1747; 3430. IR (KBr): 1652; 1747; 3430.

Eksempel 38 : 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 38: 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b ]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender 3-fluor-4-metylanilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-7-fluor-6-metyl-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d., ved anvendelse av morfolin istedenfor N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. 3-Fluoro-4-methylaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-7-fluoro-6-methyl-3-quinolinecarboxylate which is treated according to the procedure in Example 30.d., using morpholine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO + CDCI3): 1,00 (t, 3H); 2,02 (q, 2H); 2,57 (s, 3H); 2,60 (s, 4H); 3,23 (d, 1H); 3,45 (d, 1H); 3,75 (s, 4H); 4,11 (s, 2H); 5,44 (s, 2H); 5,47 (d, 1H); 5,65 (d, 1H); 7,62 (s, 1H); 7,73 (d, 1H); 8,24 (d, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO + CDCl 3 ): 1.00 (t, 3H); 2.02 (q, 2H); 2.57 (s, 3H); 2.60 (s, 4H); 3.23 (d, 1H); 3.45 (d, 1H); 3.75 (s, 4H); 4.11 (s, 2H); 5.44 (s, 2H); 5.47 (d, 1H); 5.65 (d, 1H); 7.62 (s, 1H); 7.73 (d, 1H); 8.24 (d, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CF3CO2D): 8,35; 13,93; 16,01; 22,24; 25,29; 38,18; 43,42; 54,19; 56,04; 56,74; 64,16; 65,09; 77,48; 108,29; 108,57; 128,07; 128,70; 129,90; 135,64; 138,03; 139,86; 141,10; 141,56; 147,78; 158,30; 161,87; 178,72. NMR-C<13> (CF 3 CO 2 D): 8.35; 13.93; 16.01; 22.24; 25.29; 38.18; 43.42; 54.19; 56.04; 56.74; 64.16; 65.09; 77.48; 108.29; 108.57; 128.07; 128.70; 129.90; 135.64; 138.03; 139.86; 141.10; 141.56; 147.78; 158.30; 161.87; 178.72.

IR (KBr): 117; 1609; 1654; 1750; 3437. IR (KBr): 117; 1609; 1654; 1750; 3437.

Eksempel 39 : 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-piperidinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-kinolin-3,15(4H,13W)-dion Example 39: 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-piperidinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b ]-quinoline-3,15(4H,13W)-dione

Man anvender 3-fluor-4-metylanilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-7-fluor-6-metyl-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d., ved anvendelse av piperidin istedenfor N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11.j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. 3-Fluoro-4-methylaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-7-fluoro-6-methyl-3-quinolinecarboxylate which is treated according to the procedure in Example 30.d., using piperidine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11.j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (CF3CO2D): 1,09 (s, 3H); 1,70 (t, 1H); 2,03 (m, 5H); 2,25 (s, 2H); 2,70 (s, 3H); 3,54 (d, 3H); 3,88 (d, 1H); 4,01 (se, 2H); 5,30 (q, 2H); 5,65 (d, 1H); 5,96 (d, 1H); 6,10 (s, 2H); 8,16 (d, 1H); 8,35 (s, 1H); 8,61 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (CF 3 CO 2 D): 1.09 (s, 3H); 1.70 (t, 1H); 2.03 (m, 5H); 2.25 (s, 2H); 2.70 (s, 3H); 3.54 (d, 3H); 3.88 (d, 1H); 4.01 (see, 2H); 5.30 (q, 2H); 5.65 (d, 1H); 5.96 (d, 1H); 6.10 (s, 2H); 8.16 (d, 1H); 8.35 (s, 1H); 8.61 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CF3CO2D): 8,47; 16,07; 20,93; 22,18; 24,76; 38,28; 43,53; 54,30; 56,12; 58,33; 64,24; 77,56; 108,37; 111,30; 128,20; 129,02; 129,98; 135,60; 138,29; 139,90; 141,60; 142,26; 147,57; 158,28; 161,90; 167,63; 170,31; 178,82. NMR-C<13> (CF 3 CO 2 D): 8.47; 16.07; 20.93; 22.18; 24.76; 38.28; 43.53; 54.30; 56.12; 58.33; 64.24; 77.56; 108.37; 111.30; 128.20; 129.02; 129.98; 135.60; 138.29; 139.90; 141.60; 142.26; 147.57; 158.28; 161.90; 167.63; 170.31; 178.82.

IR (KBr): 1605; 1657; 1728; 3399. IR (KBr): 1605; 1657; 1728; 3399.

Eksempel 40 : 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-16-(4-metyl-piperazinometyl)-10H,12H-[1,4] dioksino[2,3-g]oksepino-[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-D]kinolin-10,13[15H]-dion Example 40: 8-ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy-16-(4-methyl-piperazinomethyl)-10H,12H-[1,4]dioxino[2,3-g]oxepino- [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-D]quinoline-10,13[15H]-dione

Man anvender 3,4-etylendioksyanilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2-klor-4-klormetyl-6,7-etylendioksy-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d. med N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1.k. Man får et gult, fast stoff, sm.p. > 260° C. 3,4-ethylenedioxyaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2-chloro-4-chloromethyl-6,7-ethylenedioxy-3-quinolinecarboxylate which is treated according to the method in example 30.d. with N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1.k. A yellow solid is obtained, m.p. > 260°C.

NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0,92 (t, 3H); 1,89 (q, 2H); 2,16 (s, 3H); 2,50 (m, 8H); 3,12 (d, 1H); 3,50 (d, 1H); 3,95 (s, 2H); 4,47 (s, 4H); 5,19 (q, 2H); 5,43 (d, 1H); 5,56 (d, 1H); 7,35 (s, 1H); 7,54 (s, 1H); 7,76 (s, 1H). NMR-<1>H (DMSO): 0.92 (t, 3H); 1.89 (q, 2H); 2.16 (s, 3H); 2.50 (m, 8H); 3.12 (d, 1H); 3.50 (d, 1H); 3.95 (s, 2H); 4.47 (s, 4H); 5.19 (q, 2H); 5.43 (d, 1H); 5.56 (d, 1H); 7.35 (s, 1H); 7.54 (s, 1H); 7.76 (p, 1H).

NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8,45; 24,80; 36,51; 42,48; 45,90; 50,45; 52,98; 54,91; 56,10; 61,44; 64,43; 73,30; 99,03; 109,46; 113,51; 121,95; 123,51; 127,76; 137,99; 145,00; 145,14; 145,27; 147,24; 150,53; 155,99; 159,18; 172,27; 177,00. NMR-C<1>3 (DMSO): 8.45; 24.80; 36.51; 42.48; 45.90; 50.45; 52.98; 54.91; 56.10; 61.44; 64.43; 73.30; 99.03; 109.46; 113.51; 121.95; 123.51; 127.76; 137.99; 145.00; 145.14; 145.27; 147.24; 150.53; 155.99; 159.18; 172.27; 177.00.

IR (KBr): 1656; 1743; 3422. IR (KBr): 1656; 1743; 3422.

Eksempel 41 : 9-klor-5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion Example 41: 9-chloro-5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b ]-quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione

Man anvender 3-klor-4-fluoranilin ved fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksemplene 30.a., 30.b. og 30.c. hvilket gir etyl-2,7-diklor-4-klormetyl-6-fluor-3-kinolinkarboksylat som behandles i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.d., ved anvendelse av morfolin istedenfor N-metylpiperazin, og reduserer deretter i henhold til fremgangsmåten i eksempel 30.e. til den tilsvarende kinolinmetanol. Denne siste blir koblet med forbindelsen (M) som beskrevet i trinn 11 .j. i eksempel 11. Det resulterende koblingsproduktet blir cyklisert i henhold til fremgangsmåten i trinnl 1 .k. Man får et beige, fast stoff, sm.p. > 250° C. 3-chloro-4-fluoroaniline is used in the method described in examples 30.a., 30.b. and 30.c. which gives ethyl 2,7-dichloro-4-chloromethyl-6-fluoro-3-quinolinecarboxylate which is treated according to the procedure in Example 30.d., using morpholine instead of N-methylpiperazine, and then reduces according to the procedure in example 30.e. to the corresponding quinoline methanol. The latter is connected with the compound (M) as described in step 11 .j. in example 11. The resulting coupling product is cyclized according to the procedure in step 1 .k. A beige solid is obtained, m.p. > 250°C.

NMR-1 H (CF3COOD): 1,09 (t, 3H); 2,30 (m, 2H); 3,50 (d, 1H); 3,90 (d, 1H); 3,98 (d, 4H); 4,36 (s, 4H); 5,38 (q, 2H); 5,64 (d, 1H); 5,96 (d, 1H); 6,23 (q, 2H); 8,57 (d, 1H); 8,60 (s, 1H); 8,85 (d, 1H). NMR-1 H (CF 3 COOD): 1.09 (t, 3H); 2.30 (m, 2H); 3.50 (d, 1H); 3.90 (d, 1H); 3.98 (d, 4H); 4.36 (s, 4H); 5.38 (q, 2H); 5.64 (d, 1H); 5.96 (d, 1H); 6.23 (q, 2H); 8.57 (d, 1H); 8.60 (s, 1H); 8.85 (d, 1H).

NMR-C<13> (CF3COOD): 8,10; 37,80; 43,11; 54,31; 55,78; 63,75; 65,11; 77,06; 128,28; 129,55; 130,33; 136,26; 137,11; 138,40; 139,67; 139,85; 148,58; 157,54; 159,74; 161,31; 178,00. NMR-C<13> (CF3COOD): 8.10; 37.80; 43.11; 54.31; 55.78; 63.75; 65.11; 77.06; 128.28; 129.55; 130.33; 136.26; 137.11; 138.40; 139.67; 139.85; 148.58; 157.54; 159.74; 161.31; 178.00.

IR (KBr): 848; 1042; 1230; 1609; 1658; 1750; 3310; 3387. IR (KBr): 848; 1042; 1230; 1609; 1658; 1750; 3310; 3387.

Eksempel 42 : Spaltning av 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3\4':6,7]-indolizin[1,2-b kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion Example 42: Cleavage of 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3\4':6,7]-indolizine[1,2-b quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H )-dione

En blanding av p-etyl-(3-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetylindolizino- [1, 2- b] kinolin-9-(11/-/)-on-7-yl)-propionsyre (19,5 g, 51 mmol) og L-(-)-a-metylbenzylamin (12,12 g, 100 mmol) i absolutt etanol (1 I), blir oppvarmet til kokning, varmfiltreres og får hvile i 68 timer. Det utfelte stoffet blir frafiltrert og vasket med etanol og eter, hvilket gir 9,8 g av et hvitt, fast stoff. Analyse med høytrykks-væskekromatografi på stasjonær, chiral fase ("HPLC chiral" på en Chiral-AGP-kolonne (Chromtech, Stockholm, Sverige) 100 x 4 mm, 2% acetonitril-elueringsmiddel i 10 mM fosfatbuffer med pH 6,9, som eluerer topper etter 4,5 og 7,5 min) viser topper som integrerer henholdsvis 24 % og 76 % av den totale overflaten av de to toppene. Det faste stoffet tas opp i 93% etanol (350 ml) under tilbakeløp, og får deretter hvile i 48 timer. Det utfelte stoffet vaskes deretter med etanol og eter, hvilket gir 4,8 g av et hvitt, fast stoff som gir to integrerte topper for 9 % og 91 % av den totale overflaten av toppene ved chiral HPLC. Det faste stoffet opptas igjen i 50% etanol (48 ml) under tilbakeløp og får hvile i 48 timer. Det utfelte stoffet blir deretter vasket med etanol og eter, hvilket gir 2,7 g av et hvitt, fast stoff som gir to integrerende topper for henholdsvis 3% og 97% av den totale overflaten av de to toppene ved chiral HPLC. Det faste stoffet opptas i 50% etanol (22 ml) under tilbakeløp og får deretter hvile i 48 timer. Det utfelte stoffet filtreres deretter og vaskes med etanol og eter, hvilket gir 1,6 g av et hvitt, fast stoff som gir to integrerende topper for henholdsvis 1 % og 99 % av den totale overflaten av de to toppene ved chiral HPLC. Det resulterende saltet, diastereoisomert anriket, tatt opp i destillert vann (20 ml), blir behandlet med eddiksyre (0,35 ml, 6,4 mmol) i 15 min. Det oppnådde utfelte stoff blir filtrert, vasket med vann, aceton og eter og deretter tørret i vakuum ved 80° C, hvilket gir 1,1 g av et hvitt, fast stoff. Dette siste tas opp i absolutt etanol (55 ml) tilsatt konsentrert saltsyre (11,5 N, 11 ml), hvilket gir en gul oppløsning som blir omrørt ved omgivelsestemperatur i 68 timer. Det således oppnådde utfelte stoff blir filtrert og vasket med vann, etanol og eter, og tørres deretter under vakuum ved 80° C, hvilket gir 770 mg 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizin [1,2-b]-kinolin-3,15(4W,13H)-dion som er enantiomert anriket. Analyse med chiral HPLC (Chiral-AGP-kolonne, eluert med en gradient av 2 til 5 % acetonitril i 10 mM fosfatbuffer ved pH 6,9, som eluerer topper etter 15 og 20 min) viser et enantiomert overskudd på 98 %. Metoden beskrevet ovenfor gjentas, men L-(-)-a-metylbenzylaminet erstattes med D-(+)-ct-metylbenzylamin. Man får således den andre enantiomer av 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino-[3\4':6,7]-indolizin[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion. A mixture of p-ethyl-(3-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethylindolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-9-(11/-/)-on-7-yl)-propionic acid (19.5 g , 51 mmol) and L-(-)-α-methylbenzylamine (12.12 g, 100 mmol) in absolute ethanol (1 L), is heated to boiling, hot filtered and allowed to stand for 68 h. The precipitate is filtered off and washed with ethanol and ether to give 9.8 g of a white solid Analysis by high pressure liquid chromatography on stationary chiral phase ("HPLC chiral" on a Chiral-AGP column (Chromtech, Stockholm, Sweden) 100 x 4 mm, 2% acetonitrile eluent in 10 mM phosphate buffer pH 6.9, eluting peaks at 4.5 and 7.5 min) show peaks integrating 24% and 76% of the total surface of the two peaks, respectively. The solid is taken up in 93% ethanol (350 mL) under reflux and then allowed to rest for 48 hours.The precipitate is then washed with ethanol and ether to give 4.8 g of a white solid which gives two integrated peaks for 9% and 91% of the total surface a v the peaks by chiral HPLC. The solid is taken up again in 50% ethanol (48 ml) under reflux and allowed to rest for 48 hours. The precipitate is then washed with ethanol and ether to give 2.7 g of a white solid which gives two integrating peaks for 3% and 97% respectively of the total area of the two peaks by chiral HPLC. The solid is taken up in 50% ethanol (22 ml) under reflux and then allowed to rest for 48 hours. The precipitate is then filtered and washed with ethanol and ether to give 1.6 g of a white solid which gives two integrating peaks for 1% and 99% of the total area of the two peaks respectively by chiral HPLC. The resulting salt, diastereoisomerically enriched, taken up in distilled water (20 mL), is treated with acetic acid (0.35 mL, 6.4 mmol) for 15 min. The resulting precipitate is filtered, washed with water, acetone and ether and then dried in vacuo at 80° C., giving 1.1 g of a white solid. The latter is taken up in absolute ethanol (55 ml) to which concentrated hydrochloric acid (11.5 N, 11 ml) has been added, giving a yellow solution which is stirred at ambient temperature for 68 hours. The thus obtained precipitate is filtered and washed with water, ethanol and ether, and then dried under vacuum at 80° C., which gives 770 mg of 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3 ',4':6,7]-indolizine [1,2-b]-quinoline-3,15(4W,13H)-dione which is enantiomerically enriched. Analysis by chiral HPLC (Chiral-AGP column, eluted with a gradient of 2 to 5% acetonitrile in 10 mM phosphate buffer at pH 6.9, eluting peaks after 15 and 20 min) shows an enantiomeric excess of 98%. The method described above is repeated, but the L-(-)-α-methylbenzylamine is replaced by D-(+)-α-methylbenzylamine. The second enantiomer of 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino-[3\4':6,7]-indolizine[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 ( 4H,13H)-dione.

Ved anvendelse av fremgangsmåtene angitt ovenfor kan også de følgende forbindelser fremstilles, og er også en del av oppfinnelsen og utgjør foretrukne forbindelser: 10-benzyloksy-5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 ( AH, 13H)-dion; S.^-dietyM.S-dihydro-S.IO-dihydroksy-IH-oksepinop1, 4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-kinolin3,15(4H, 13H)-dion; By using the methods indicated above, the following compounds can also be prepared, and are also part of the invention and constitute preferred compounds: 10-benzyloxy-5,12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1 H-oxepino [ 3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 ( A H , 13 H )-dione; S,^-diethyM,S-dihydro-S,10-dihydroxy-1H-oxepinop1, 4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-quinoline3,15(4H,13H)-dione;

5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-11-dimetylaminometyl-1 H-oksepino-[3',4':6,7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 ( AH, 13H)-dion; 5,12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-11-dimethylaminomethyl-1H-oxepino-[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3, 15 (AH, 13H)-dione;

5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-9,10-dimetoksy-1H-oksepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino-[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion; 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-9,10-dimethoxy-1H-oxepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino-[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H , 13H)-dione;

10- brom-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4,:6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion; 10- bromo-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4,:6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-quinoline-3,15(4H,13H )-dione;

11- brom-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H, 13H)-dion; 11- bromo-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 (4H, 13H)-dione;

5-etyl-12-dietylaminometyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15 ( AH, 13H)-dion; 5-ethyl-12-diethylaminomethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 ( AH, 13H )-dione;

I IN

5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H,3H-cyklopenta [g] oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,16 [14H]-dion; 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H,3H-cyclopenta[g]oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,16 [ 14H]-dione;

7- etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-16-(4-metylpiperazino metyl)-9H, 11H-[1,3]-dioksolo[4,5-g]oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-9,12 [14H]-dion; 7- ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-16-(4-methylpiperazino methyl)-9H, 11H-[1,3]-dioxolo[4,5-g]oxepino[3',4':6 ,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-9,12 [14 H]-dione;

5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-(1-imidazylmetyl)-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 [4H, 13H]-dion; 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-(1-imidazylmethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 [4H, 13H]-dione;

8- etyl-8,9-dihydro-8-hydroksy-10H,12H-oksepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-pyrido[2,3-g]kinolin-10,13 [15H]-dion; 8- ethyl-8,9-dihydro-8-hydroxy-10H,12H-oxepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-pyrido[2,3-g]quinoline-10 ,13 [15H]-dione;

5-etyl-4,5,9,10,11,12-heksahydro-5-hydroksy-1H, 3H-benzo [g] oksepino-p^e.TlindolizinoIl ,2-b]kinolin-3,17 [15H]-dion; 5-ethyl-4,5,9,10,11,12-hexahydro-5-hydroxy-1H,3H-benzo[g]oxepino-p^e.TlindolizinoIl ,2-b]quinoline-3,17 [15H] -dione;

8-etyl-8,9-dihydro-8-hydroksy-14H, 10H, 12H-[1,3]dioksino[4,5-g]oksepino-p^e^indolizinotl^-bJkinolin-IO.IS [15H]-dion; 8-Ethyl-8,9-dihydro-8-hydroxy-14H, 10H, 12H-[1,3]dioxino[4,5-g]oxepino-p^e^indolizinotl^-bJquinoline-10.IS [15H] -dione;

7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-1H, 9H.11H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-pyrrolo[2,3-g]kinolin-9,12 [14H]-dion; 7-ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-1H,9H,11H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-pyrrolo[2,3-g]quinoline -9,12 [14H]-dione;

7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-1H, 9H,11H-imidazo [4,5-g] oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-9,12 [14H]-dion; 7-Ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-1H,9H,11H-imidazo[4,5-g]oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline -9,12 [14H]-dione;

7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-1H, 9H,11H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-g]kinolin-9,12 [14H]-dion; 7-Ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-1H,9H,11H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-1,2,3-triazolo[4 ,5- g ]quinoline-9,12 [ 14 H]-dione;

7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-9H,11 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-tiazolo[4,5-g]kinolin-9,12 [14H]-dion; og 7-ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-9H,11H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]-thiazolo[4,5-g]quinoline- 9,12 [14H]-dione; and

7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-9H,11 H-oksazolo [4,5-g] oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-9,12 [14H]-dion. 7-ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-9H,11H-oxazolo[4,5-g]oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinolin- 9,12 [14H]-dione.

Farmakologisk undersøkelse av produktene ifølge oppfinnelsen Pharmacological examination of the products according to the invention

1. Test på avslapnings-aktiviteten til DNA fremkalt med topoisomerase 1. Alle reaksjonene blir utført i en reaksjonsbuffer på 20 ul bestående av 50 mM tris-HCI (pH 7,5), 50 mM KCI, 0,5 mM ditiotritol, 10 mM MgCI2, 0,1 mM etyldiamin-tetraeddiksyre (EDTA), 30 ul/ml bovint albumin-serum og 300 ng kveilet pUC19 (Pharmacia Biotech, Orsay, Frankrike) med eller uten forbindelsene som skal testes i forskjellige konsentrasjoner. Alle forbindelsene som skal testes blir oppløst først i 50 mM dimetylsulfoksyd (DMSO), idet de andre fortynningene gjøres med destillert vann. Den endelige konsentrasjonen 1 DMSO overstiger ikke 1 % (volum/volum). Reaksjonen blir satt igang ved tilsetning av én enhet av topoisomerase 1 fra renset kalve-thymus-DNA (Gibco-BRL. Paisley, UK) og utføres i 15 minutter ved 37°C. Reaksjonen blir stanset ved tilsetning av 3 ul av en blanding inneholdende 1 % dodecyl-natriumsulfat, 20 mM EDTA og 500 ug/ml proteinase K (Boehringer, Mannheim, Melan, Frankrike). Etter en ytterligere inkubasjonsperiode på 30 minutter ved 37°C blir 2 ul ladebuffer inneholdende 10 mM Na2HP04, 0,3% bromfenol-blått og 16% Ficoll satt til prøver som underkastes 1,2% til 1V/cm agargel-elektroforese i 20 timer i en buffer inneholdende 36 mM pH 7,8 Tris-HCI, 30 mM Na2P0411 mM EDTA og 2 ug/ml klorokin. Gelene blir farvet med 2 ug/ml etidiumbromid, fotografert i 312 nm UV-lys med fotografisk utstyr og fluorescens-intensiteten blir målt med et bioProfil kamera (Vilber Lourmat, Lyon, Frankrike) for å bestemme prosentdelen av relaksert DNA. Hvert forsøk utføres minst tre ganger in duplo. 1. Test on the relaxation activity of DNA induced with topoisomerase 1. All reactions are carried out in a reaction buffer of 20 µl consisting of 50 mM tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 50 mM KCl, 0.5 mM dithiothritol, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ethyldiaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), 30 µl/ml bovine albumin serum and 300 ng coiled pUC19 (Pharmacia Biotech, Orsay, France) with or without the compounds to be tested at different concentrations. All the compounds to be tested are first dissolved in 50 mM dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), the other dilutions being made with distilled water. The final concentration 1 DMSO does not exceed 1% (vol/vol). The reaction is initiated by the addition of one unit of topoisomerase 1 from purified calf thymus DNA (Gibco-BRL. Paisley, UK) and carried out for 15 minutes at 37°C. The reaction is stopped by the addition of 3 µl of a mixture containing 1% sodium dodecyl sulfate, 20 mM EDTA and 500 µg/ml proteinase K (Boehringer, Mannheim, Melan, France). After a further incubation period of 30 min at 37°C, 2 µl of loading buffer containing 10 mM Na 2 HPO 4 , 0.3% bromophenol blue and 16% Ficoll is added to samples subjected to 1.2% to 1 V/cm agar gel electrophoresis for 20 h in a buffer containing 36 mM pH 7.8 Tris-HCl, 30 mM Na 2 PO 4 , 1 mM EDTA and 2 µg/ml chloroquine. The gels are stained with 2 µg/ml ethidium bromide, photographed in 312 nm UV light with photographic equipment and the fluorescence intensity is measured with a bioProfil camera (Vilber Lourmat, Lyon, France) to determine the percentage of relaxed DNA. Each experiment is performed at least three times in duplicate.

I hvert forsøk blir kveilet DNA-plasmid inkubert alene eller med topoisomerase 1. Reaksjonen blir fullført i løpet av 15 minutter. For hver undersøkt forbindelse eller kontroll blir kveilet DNA-plasmid inkubert i nærvær av 500 uM av forbindelsen som skal undersøkes med eller uten enzym pluss forbindelsen, i konsentrasjoner på 10 u.M, 100uM, 200 \ iM og 500 uM. Som angitt i Tabell 1 hemmer eksemplene 2, 3, 4, 9,10 og 11 relaksasjons-aktiviteten fremmet ved topoisomerase 1 på en doseavhengig måte. In each experiment, the coiled DNA plasmid is incubated alone or with topoisomerase 1. The reaction is completed within 15 minutes. For each test compound or control, the coiled DNA plasmid is incubated in the presence of 500 µM of the compound to be tested with or without enzyme plus the compound, at concentrations of 10 µM, 100 µM, 200 µM and 500 µM. As indicated in Table 1, examples 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 and 11 inhibit the relaxation activity promoted by topoisomerase 1 in a dose-dependent manner.

2. Test av celleproliferasjon 2. Test of cell proliferation

Åtte tumorcellelinjer blir anvendt ved denne undersøkelsen: L1210 (lymfocyttisk leukemi hos mus), HCT15 og LOVO (adenocarcinom-cellelinjer fra kolon hos mennesker), A549 (lunge-carcinom hos mennesker), A172, U373 og U87 (glioblastomer hos mennesker). Alle disse linjene er oppnådd fra the American Type Collection Cultures (ATCC), Rockville, Md. Kulturene av L1210-cellene i suspensjon blir dyrket i et eagle-medium av modifisert Dulbecco (DMEM) (BioWhitaker, Verviers, Belgia) med 10 % føtalt kalveserum inaktivert Eight tumor cell lines are used in this investigation: L1210 (lymphocytic leukemia in mice), HCT15 and LOVO (adenocarcinoma cell lines from human colon), A549 (lung carcinoma in humans), A172, U373 and U87 (glioblastomas in humans). All these lines were obtained from the American Type Collection Cultures (ATCC), Rockville, Md. The cultures of the L1210 cells in suspension are grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) (BioWhitaker, Verviers, Belgium) with 10% fetal calf serum inactivated

ved oppvarmning, 2 mM glutamin, 50 U/ml penicillin og 50 ug/ml streptomycin. HT29-celler blir dyrket i monolag-kulturerer i et 5aMcCoy-medium (Gibco, Paisley, UK) med 10 % føtalt kalveserum inaktivert ved oppvarmning og deretter tilsatt 2 mM glutamin og 50 (ag/ml gentamycin. De andre cellene blir dyrket i Earles modifiserte essensielt medium (EMEM); Gibco, Paisley, UK) med 5 % føtalt kalveserum inaktivert ved oppvarmning, 2 mM glutamin, 50 U/ml penicillin og 50 \ ig/ m\ streptomycin. Alle cellelinjene blir dyrket ved 37°C i en fuktig atmosfære inneholdende 95% luft og 5% C02. upon heating, 2 mM glutamine, 50 U/ml penicillin and 50 µg/ml streptomycin. HT29 cells are grown in monolayer culturers in a 5aMcCoy medium (Gibco, Paisley, UK) with 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum and then supplemented with 2 mM glutamine and 50 µg/ml gentamycin. The other cells are grown in Earles modified essential medium (EMEM); Gibco, Paisley, UK) with 5% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, 50 U/ml penicillin and 50 µg/m streptomycin. All cell lines are grown at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere containing 95% air and 5% CO 2 .

Hemning av proliferasjon av tumor-cellelinjer blir bestemt ved hjelp av en MTT-test, hvor 1500 L1210-celler i et dyrkningsmedium (i henhold til behovet til celle-mediet) blir dyrket i en brønn av mikroskål-plater (nivå av vevkultur: 96 brønner, flatbunnede) 24 timer før behandling med forbindelsene som skal undersøkes. For disse dose-respons-forsøk blir cellene inkubert med hver av forbindelsene som skal undersøkes eller deres oppløsningsmiddel (kontroll) i 48 timer i en endelig konsentrasjon på 1.10 '° til 1.10"4 M. Alle forbindelsene blir oppløst like før bruk i dimetylsulfoksyd (DMSO) i en konsentrasjon på 50 mM. Andre fortynninger av medikamentene blir utført i dyrkningsmediet. Den endelige konsentrasjonen av DMSO overstiger aldri 0,2% (volum/volum). Som kontroll blir medikament-oppløsningene erstattet med oppløsningsmidlet som blir suksessivt fortynnet på samme måte som forbindelsene som skal undersøkes. Inhibition of proliferation of tumor cell lines is determined by means of an MTT test, where 1500 L1210 cells in a culture medium (according to the need of the cell medium) are cultured in a well of microdish plates (level of tissue culture: 96 wells, flat-bottomed) 24 hours before treatment with the compounds to be investigated. For these dose-response experiments, the cells are incubated with each of the compounds to be investigated or their solvent (control) for 48 hours at a final concentration of 1.10'° to 1.10"4 M. All compounds are dissolved immediately before use in dimethyl sulfoxide ( DMSO) at a concentration of 50 mM. Other dilutions of the drugs are carried out in the culture medium. The final concentration of DMSO never exceeds 0.2% (vol/vol). As a control, the drug solutions are replaced with the solvent which is successively diluted in the same manner as the compounds to be examined.

Etter inkuberingsperioden btir markør-reagenset MTT (3-[4,5-dimetyltiazol-2-yl]-2,5-difenyltetrazolium-bromid; Tiazol blått, Sigma M 565, Sigma, St Louis, MO) tilsatt i en endelig konsentrasjon på 0,3 mg/ml til hver brønn. Cellene blir inkubert i 4 timer ved 37°C i 4 timer i en fuktig atmosfære. Dette trinnet lar mitokondrien dishydrogenase til de levende cellene omdanne det gule tetrazolium-salt MTT til blårøde formazan-krystaller. Den overliggende væsken blir fjernet og de dannede formazan-krystallene blir solubilisert med DMSO. Den resulterende farvede oppløsningen blir kvantifisert ved absorpsjon ved 570 nm ved anvendelse av et multiskål-sveipe-spektrofotometer. Data angående proliferasjon er uttrykt som prosentdel levende celler i de behandlede brønnene, dividert med levende celler i kontrollene. Hvert punkt representerer gjennomsnittet av tre uavhengige forsøk, idet hvert forsøk representerer seks bestemmelser. After the incubation period, the marker reagent MTT (3-[4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl]-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide; Thiazol blue, Sigma M 565, Sigma, St Louis, MO) is added to a final concentration of 0.3 mg/ml to each well. The cells are incubated for 4 hours at 37°C for 4 hours in a humid atmosphere. This step allows the mitochondrial dehydrogenase of the living cells to convert the yellow tetrazolium salt MTT into blue-red formazan crystals. The supernatant is removed and the formazan crystals formed are solubilized with DMSO. The resulting colored solution is quantified by absorbance at 570 nm using a multi-dish scanning spectrophotometer. Data regarding proliferation are expressed as percentage of live cells in the treated wells, divided by live cells in the controls. Each point represents the mean of three independent experiments, each experiment representing six determinations.

For de andre cellelinjene (HCT15, LOVO, A549, A172, U373, U87), blir 1000 til 2000 celler podet i en brønn i en mikrobrønn-plate 24 timer før den medisinske behandlingen. De blir inkubert med hver av forbindelsene som skal testes eller det tilsvarende oppløsningsmiddel (kontroll) i 72 timer i en endelig konsentrasjon på 1.10-<10> til 1.10-6 M. For the other cell lines (HCT15, LOVO, A549, A172, U373, U87), 1000 to 2000 cells are seeded in a well of a microwell plate 24 hours before the medical treatment. They are incubated with each of the compounds to be tested or the corresponding solvent (control) for 72 hours at a final concentration of 1.10-<10> to 1.10-6 M.

Resultatene er uttrykt som prosent proliferasjon beregnet ved optisk tetthet av cellene som var behandet med et medikament dividert med optisk tetthet til kontroll-cellene (cellene behandlet med DMSO). Som det er angitt i Tabell II, hemmet forbindelsene som ble undersøkt proliferasjon av cellene på en doseavhengig måte. The results are expressed as percent proliferation calculated by the optical density of the cells treated with a drug divided by the optical density of the control cells (the cells treated with DMSO). As indicated in Table II, the compounds investigated inhibited proliferation of the cells in a dose-dependent manner.

3. Test av utvikling in vivo 3. Test of development in vivo

Forbindelsene ifølge oppfinnelsen blir undersøkt in vivo ved anvendelse av lymfoblastisk leukemi L1210 cellelinjer fra mus. Tumor-cellene blir gitt ved en serie i.p.-administreringer i mus DBA/2 (Lafacedu, Lyon, Frankrike). Ved eksperimentet blir 106 celler/0,2 ml injisert i.p. i B6D2F1-hunnmus. Behandlingen begynner dag 1 etter inokulering med leukemi og fortsetter til dag 4 eller tit dag 8. Forbindelsene som skal testes blir injisert i.p. eller i.v. i forskjellige konsentrasjoner, og volumet som injiseres blir regulert til 0,1 ml/10 g kroppsvekt. De ubehandlede musene dør mellom dag 9 og dag 14 etter injeksjon av lymfoblastiske leukemi L1210-celler og overlevelse av de behandlede musene blir obsertvert i en periode på opptil 60 dager. The compounds according to the invention are examined in vivo using lymphoblastic leukemia L1210 cell lines from mice. The tumor cells are given by a series of i.p. administrations in mice DBA/2 (Lafacedu, Lyon, France). In the experiment, 106 cells/0.2 ml are injected i.p. in female B6D2F1 mice. Treatment begins on day 1 after inoculation with leukemia and continues until day 4 or often day 8. The compounds to be tested are injected i.p. or i.v. in different concentrations, and the volume injected is regulated to 0.1 ml/10 g body weight. The untreated mice die between day 9 and day 14 after injection of lymphoblastic leukemia L1210 cells and survival of the treated mice is observed for a period of up to 60 days.

Eksperimentet blir utført med 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1/7-oksepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizin[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion. Denne forbindelsen forlenget livet til musene med 50% ved konsentrasjoner mellom 0,32 og 2,5 mg/kg administrert i.p. i 4 dager og ved konsentrasjoner på mellom 0,32 og 5,0 mg/kg administrert i.v. i 8 dager. The experiment is carried out with 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1/7-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizine[1,2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H ,13H)-dione. This compound extended the life of the mice by 50% at concentrations between 0.32 and 2.5 mg/kg administered i.p. for 4 days and at concentrations between 0.32 and 5.0 mg/kg administered i.v. for 8 days.

Claims (27)

1. Forbindelse, karakterisert ved at nevnte forbindelse har formel (I) eller formel (II), i racemisk eller enantiomer form eller hvilke som helst kombinasjoner av disse former, hvor Ri representerer en lavere-alkyl, en lavere-alkenyl, en lavere- halogenalkyl eller en lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl; R2. R3 og R4 uavhengig representerer H, halogen, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-alkyl, nitro, amido, lavere-amidoalkyl, hydrazino, lavere-hydrazinoalkyl, azido, lavere-azidoalkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mOR6, (CH2)mSR6, (CH2)mC(0)R8, OC(0)NR6R7, (CH2)n[N=X] eller (CH2)mOC(0)[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert, hvor substituenten er en lavere-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lavere-alkylamino, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, lavere-alkoksy eller lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl eller OC(0)[N=X], eller R2 og R3 danner sammen en kjede med 3 eller 4 ledd hvor de nevnte ledd i kjeden er valgt fra gruppen bestående av CH, CH2, O, S, N eller NRg; R5 representerer H, halogen, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-alkyl, lavere- alkoksy, lavere-alkoksy lavere-alkyl, lavere-alkyltio lavere-alkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, nitro, (CH2)mC(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6C(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mN(CH3)(CH2)nNR6R7, (CH2)mOC(0)R8, (CH2)mOC(0)NR6R7. (CH2)n[N=X] eller OC(0)[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert, hvor substituenten er en lavere-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lavere-alkylamino, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, lavere-alkoksy eller lavere-alkoksy lavere-alkyl; eller (CH2)mOC{0)[N=X]; R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, lavere-alkylamino-lavere-alkyl, lavere-aminoalkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere- cykloalkyl-alkyl, lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl, aryl, lavere-arylalkyl eller lavere-halogenalkyl; R8 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, lavere-hydroksyalkyl, lavere- alkylamino, lavere-alkylamino lavere-alkyl, lavere-aminoalkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere-cykloalkyl-alkyl, lavere-alkenyl, lavere-alkoksy, lavere-alkoksy lavere-alkyl, lavere-halogenalkyl, aryl eller lavere-aryl- alkyl; R9 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl eller lavere-halogenalkyl; R10 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, lavere-halogenalkyl eller lavere- alkoksy; R1 e representerer OR21; Ri 7 representerer OR6 eller NR6R7; R18. R19 og R20 representerer H; R21 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl.CHO eller C(0)(CH2)mCH3; m er et helt tall fra og med 0 til og med 6; n er 1 eller 2; og q representerer et helt tall fra 0 til 2; og [N=X] representerer en heterocyklisk gruppe med 4 til 7 ledd og X representerer kjeden som er nødvendig for å fullføre nevnte heterocykliske gruppe, og er valgt fra gruppen bestående av O, S, CH2, CH, N, NR9 og COR10 ; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav; idet det skal forstås at "lavere", når den angir alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoksy eller alkyltio betyr opptil 6 karbonatomer.1. Compound, characterized in that said compound has formula (I) or formula (II), in racemic or enantiomeric form or any combination of these forms, where Ri represents a lower-alkyl, a lower-alkenyl, a lower- haloalkyl or a lower-alkyl-lower-alkyl; R2. R 3 and R 4 independently represent H, halogen, lower-haloalkyl, lower-alkyl, nitro, amido, lower-amidoalkyl, hydrazino, lower-hydrazinoalkyl, azido, lower-azidoalkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mOR6, (CH2)mSR6, (CH2)mC(0)R8, OC( 0)NR6R7, (CH2)n[N=X] or (CH2)mOC(0)[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted, wherein the substituent is a lower-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lower-alkylamino, lower -halogenoalkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower-alkyl or lower-alkyl-lower-alkyl or OC(0)[N=X], or R2 and R3 together form a chain with 3 or 4 links where the mentioned links in the chain are chosen from the group consisting of CH, CH2, O, S, N or NRg; R5 represents H, halogen, lower-haloalkyl, lower-alkyl, lower- Alkoxy, Lower-Alkoxy Lower-Alkyl, Lower-Alkylthio Lower-Alkyl, Lower-Hydroxyalkyl, Nitro, (CH2)mC(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6C(0)R8, (CH2)mNR6R7, (CH2)mN( CH3)(CH2)nNR6R7, (CH2)mOC(O)R8, (CH2)mOC(0)NR6R7. (CH2)n[N=X] or OC(0)[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted, wherein the substituent is a lower-alkyl, halogen, nitro, amino, lower-alkylamino, lower-haloalkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower-alkoxy or lower-alkoxy lower-alkyl; or (CH2)mOC{0)[N=X]; R6 and R7 independently represent H, a lower-alkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower-alkylamino-lower-alkyl, lower-aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, lower-cycloalkyl-alkyl, lower-alkoxy-lower-alkyl, aryl, lower-arylalkyl or lower-haloalkyl; R8 represents H, a lower-alkyl, lower-hydroxyalkyl, lower- alkylamino, lower-alkylamino lower-alkyl, lower-aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, lower-cycloalkyl-alkyl, lower-alkenyl, lower-alkoxy, lower-alkoxy lower-alkyl, lower-haloalkyl, aryl or lower-aryl-alkyl; R 9 represents H, a lower alkyl or lower haloalkyl; R 10 represents H, a lower-alkyl, lower-haloalkyl or lower- alkoxy; R 1 e represents OR 21 ; R 1 7 represents OR 6 or NR 6 R 7 ; R18. R 19 and R 20 represent H; R 21 represents H, a lower alkyl.CHO or C(O)(CH 2 )mCH 3 ; m is an integer from 0 to 6; n is 1 or 2; and q represents an integer from 0 to 2; and [N=X] represents a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclic group and X represents the chain necessary to complete said heterocyclic group and is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH2, CH, N, NR9 and COR10; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; it being understood that "lower" when it denotes alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy or alkylthio means up to 6 carbon atoms. 2. Forbindelse ifølge krav 1,karakterisert ved at Ri representerer etylgruppen; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.2. Compound according to claim 1, characterized in that Ri represents the ethyl group; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 3. Forbindelse ifølge krav 2karakterisert ved at nevnte forbindelse har formel (I); eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.3. Compound according to claim 2, characterized in that said compound has formula (I); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 4. Forbindelse ifølge krav 2karakterisert ved at nevnte forbindelse har formel (II); eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.4. Compound according to claim 2, characterized in that said compound has formula (II); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5. Forbindelse ifølge krav 3, karakterisert ved at R2 og R3 uavhengig representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, halogen, lavere-halogenalkyl eller (CH2)mOR6, eller R2 og R3, sammen danner en metylendioksy eller en etylendioksy; og R4 og R5 uavhengig representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7 eller (CH2)n[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert med en lavere-alkyl; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.5. Compound according to claim 3, characterized in that R2 and R3 independently represent H, a lower alkyl, halogen, lower haloalkyl or (CH2)mOR6, or R2 and R3, together form a methylenedioxy or an ethylenedioxy; and R4 and R5 independently represent H, a lower alkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7 or (CH2)n[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted by a lower alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 6. Forbindelse ifølge krav 5,karakterisert ved atR4 representerer H eller (CH2)mNR6R7 hvor R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H eller en lavere-alkyl og R5 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl eller (CH2)n[N=X] substituert eller ikke substituert, og [N=X] representerer piperazinyl- eller morfolinylgruppen, og nevnte substituent er en lavere-alkyl; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.6. Compound according to claim 5, characterized in that R4 represents H or (CH2)mNR6R7 where R6 and R7 independently represent H or a lower alkyl and R5 represents H, a lower alkyl or (CH2)n[N=X] substituted or unsubstituted, and [N=X] represents the piperazinyl or morpholinyl group, and said substituent is a lower alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 7. Forbindelse ifølge krav 6, karakterisert ved atR2 representerer H eller et halogen; og R3 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, halogen eller OR6 hvor R6 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl eller lavere-arylalkyl; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.7. Compound according to claim 6, characterized in that R 2 represents H or a halogen; and R 3 represents H, a lower alkyl, halogen or OR 6 where R 6 represents H, a lower alkyl or lower arylalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 8. Forbindelse ifølge krav 7, karakterisert ved atR2 representerer H, klor eller fluor; og R3 representerer H, fluor, klor, metyl eller metoksy; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.8. Compound according to claim 7, characterized in that R 2 represents H, chlorine or fluorine; and R 3 represents H, fluoro, chloro, methyl or methoxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 9. Forbindelse ifølge krav 6, karakterisert ved at R2 og R3 sammen danner metylendioksy eller etylendioksy; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.9. Compound according to claim 6, characterized in that R2 and R3 together form methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 10. Forbindelse ifølge krav 3, karakterisert ved at nevnte forbindelse er valgt fra produktene svarende til de følgende formeler: - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizin [1, 2- b) kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-10H,12H-[1,4] dioxino [2,3-fif] oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-10,13 (15H)-dion -10-benzyloksy-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10,-dihydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 11-(dimetylamino)metyl-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion -<g>-klor-S-etyM.S-dihydro-S-hydroksy-IO-metyl-IH-oksepino^^^e^lindolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9,10-difluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 7-etyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroksy-9H,11H-[1,3] dioksolo [ 4, 5- g] oksepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-9,12[14H]-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 9,11-diklor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-flouro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [ 3' A' :§, 7] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion -10-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H}-dion - 10-klor-5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5,12-dietyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroksy-11-morfolino metyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15 (4H,13H)-dion - 5,12-dietyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-1 H-oksepinoI^.^ej] indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-metyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-(4-metyl piperazinometyl) -1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metoksy-12-morfolinometyl-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-(4-metyl piperazinometyl)-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-piperidinometyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - S-etyM.S-dihydro-S-hydroksy-^-morfolinometyl-IH-oksepinoip'^'^,?] indolizino [1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H, 13H)-dion - 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1 H-oksepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-(4-metylpiperazinometyl)-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluoM,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-rnetyl-12-morfolinometyl-1H-oksepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 5-etyl-9-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-10-metyl-12-piperidinometyl-1 H-oksepino[3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion - 8-etyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroksy-16-(4-metyl piperazinometyl)-1 OH, 12H-[1,4] dioxino [2,3-g] oksepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-10,13[15H]-dion - 9-klor-5-etyl-10-fluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-12-morfolinometyl-1 H- oksepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.10. Compound according to claim 3, characterized in that said compound is selected from the products corresponding to the following formulas: - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino [3',4':6, 7]-indolizine [1, 2-b) quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione - 5,12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino [3',4' :6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione-8-ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy-10H,12H-[ 1,4] dioxino [2,3-fif] oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-10,13 (15H)-dione -10-benzyloxy-5-ethyl -4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1 H -oxepino [3',4':6,7]-indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)-dione - 5- ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10,-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 (4H,13H)- dione - 11-(dimethylamino)methyl-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]-indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline -3,15 (4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione -<g>-chloro-S-ethyM.S-dihydro-S-hydroxy-10-methyl-IH -oxepino^^^e^lindolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9,10-difluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H- oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 7-ethyl-7,8-dihydro-7-hydroxy-9H,11H -[1,3] dioxolo [ 4, 5- g] oxepino [3\4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-9,12[14H]-dione - 9-chloro-5- ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1 H -oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H, 13H)- dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1 H -oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H ,13H)-dione - 9,11-dichloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline- 3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-flouro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [ 1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H, 13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino [ 3' A' :§, 7 ] indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione -10-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1 H -oxepino [3',4' :6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H}-dione - 10-chloro-5-ethyl-9-fl uor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5, 12-diethyl-4,5-dihydro-5,10-dihydroxy-11-morpholino methyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15 ( 4H,13H)-dione - 5,12-diethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-1H-oxepinoI^.^ej] indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline- 3,15(4H, 13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-methyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2- b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methoxy-12-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[ 3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10 -methoxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-4,5 -dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)-1 H-oxepino [3',4':6,7] indolizino [1,2-b] quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)- dione - 5-ethyl-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-piperidinomethyl-1H-oxepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H ,13H)-dione - S-ethyM.S-dihy dro-S-hydroxy-^-morpholinomethyl-1H-oxepinoip'^'^,?] indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H, 13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4 ,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino [1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H) -dione - 5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomethyl-1 H -oxepino [3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline- 3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-(4-methylpiperazinomethyl)-1H-oxepino[3',4 ':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoroM,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-10-methyl-12-morpholinomethyl -1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 5-ethyl-9-fluoro-4,5-dihydro- 5-Hydroxy-10-methyl-12-piperidinomethyl-1H-oxepino[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione - 8- ethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-8-hydroxy-16-(4-methyl piperazinomethyl)-1 OH, 12H-[1,4] dioxino [2,3-g] oxepino [3',4' :6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-10,13[15H]-dione - 9-chloro-5-ethyl-10-fluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-12-morpholinomate yl-1 H- oxepino[3,,4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 11. Forbindelse ifølge krav 3, karakterisert ved at nevnte forbindelse har den følgende formel: - 5-etyl-9,10-difluor-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroksy-1H-okseptno[3',4':6,7]indolizino[1,2-b] kinolin-3,15(4H,13H)-dion ; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.11. Compound according to claim 3, characterized in that said compound has the following formula: - 5-ethyl-9,10-difluoro-4,5-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1H-oxeptno[3',4':6, 7]indolizino[1,2-b]quinoline-3,15(4H,13H)-dione; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 12. Forbindelse ifølge krav 4, karakterisert ved atR2ogR3 uavhengig representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, halogen, lavere-halogenalkyl eller (CH2)mOR6 eller R2 og R3 sammen danner metylendioksy eller etylendioksy; R4 og R5 uavhengig representerer H, lavere-alkyl, (CH2)mNR6R7 eller (CH2)n[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert med lavere-alkyl; R20 representerer H; R17 representerer OR6, hvor R6 representerer H eller lavere- alkyl eller NR6R7 hvor R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H, lavere-alkyl, aryl eller lavere-arylalkyl; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.12. Compound according to claim 4, characterized in that R2 and R3 independently represent H, a lower alkyl, halogen, lower haloalkyl or (CH2)mOR6 or R2 and R3 together form methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy; R 4 and R 5 independently represent H, lower alkyl, (CH 2 ) mNR 6 R 7 or (CH 2 ) n [N=X] unsubstituted or substituted with lower alkyl; R 20 represents H; R17 represents OR6, where R6 represents H or lower- alkyl or NR 6 R 7 wherein R 6 and R 7 independently represent H, lower alkyl, aryl or lower arylalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 13. Forbindelse ifølge krav 12,karakterisert ved at R4 representerer H eller (CH2)mNR6R7 hvor R6 og R7 uavhengig representerer H eller en lavere-alkyl, R5 representerer H, lavere-alkyl eller (CH2)n[N=X] ikke substituert eller substituert med lavere-alkyl og [N=X] er piperizinyl- eller morfolinylgruppen; og R17 representerer OR6, hvor Re representerer H eller lavere-alkyl; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.13. Compound according to claim 12, characterized in that R4 represents H or (CH2)mNR6R7 where R6 and R7 independently represent H or a lower alkyl, R5 represents H, lower alkyl or (CH2)n[N=X] unsubstituted or substituted with lower alkyl and [N=X] is the piperizinyl or morpholinyl group; and R 17 represents OR 6 , where Re represents H or lower alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 14. Forbindelse ifølge krav 12, karakterisert ved at R2 representerer H eller halogen; R3 representerer H, lavere-alkyl, halogen eller representerer OR6, hvor R6 representerer H, lavere-alkyl eller lavere-arylalkyl; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.14. Compound according to claim 12, characterized in that R 2 represents H or halogen; R 3 represents H, lower alkyl, halogen or represents OR 6 , where R 6 represents H, lower alkyl or lower arylalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 15. Forbindelse ifølge krav 14, karakterisert ved at R2 representerer H, klor eller fluor; og R3 representerer H, fluor, klor, metyl eller metoksy; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.15. Compound according to claim 14, characterized in that R 2 represents H, chlorine or fluorine; and R 3 represents H, fluoro, chloro, methyl or methoxy; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 16. Forbindelse ifølge krav 13, karakterisert ved at R2 og R3 sammen danner dioksymetylen eller dioksyetylen; eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.16. Compound according to claim 13, characterized in that R2 and R3 together form dioxymethylene or dioxyethylene; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 17. Forbindelse ifølge krav 4, karakterisert ved at nevnte forbindelse er valgt fra produktene svarende til den følgende formel: - re/t-butyl-p-etyl-B-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - etyl-p-etyl-B-hydroksy-7-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionsyre - metyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinotin-7-yl)-propionat - etyl-p-etyl-a,a-difluor-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - etyI-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-priopionat - /ert-butyl-p-etyl-p-hydroksy-y-(8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11 H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-propionat - p-etyl-y-(12-etyl-8-hydroksymetyl-9-okso (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)-p-hydroksy-propionsyre -y-(12-benzyloksy-8-hydroksymetyl-9-ozo (11H)-indolizino [1,2-b] kinolin-7-yl)- p-etyl-p-hydroksy-propionsyre (E) eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav.17. Compound according to claim 4, characterized in that said compound is selected from the products corresponding to the following formula: - t-butyl-p-ethyl-B-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H) -indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - ethyl-p-ethyl-B-hydroxy-7-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2- b] quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] quinolin-7-yl)-propionic acid - methyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b] kinotin-7-yl)-propionate - ethyl-p-ethyl-a ,α-difluoro-p-hydroxy-γ-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11 H )-indolizino-[1,2-b] quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - ethyl-p-ethyl-p- hydroxy-y-(8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11 H )-indolizino-[1,2-b] quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - tert -butyl-p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-y- (8-Hydroxymethyl-9-oxo (11 H )-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-propionate - p -ethyl-y-(12-ethyl-8-hydroxymethyl-9-oxo ( 11H)-indolizino-[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)-p-hydroxy-propionic acid -y-(12-benzyloxy-8-hydroxymethyl-9-ozo (11H)-indolizino[1,2-b]quinolin-7-yl)- p-ethyl-p-hydroxy-propionic acid (E) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 18. Fremstillingsmetode for forbindelsene med formlene I og II ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 17, karakterisert ved at: - a-hydroksylakton av camptothecin med den generelle formel hvor R-|, R2, R3, R4, R5 og R20 har betydningen angitt ovenfor, blir redusert til a-hydroksylactolet med den generelle formel A hvor Ri, R2, R3. R4, R5 og R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor, - i forbindelse A dannet således blir karbon-karbon-bindingen som forbinder de nabostående karbinoler, avskåret ved behandling med et passende oksydasjonsmiddel som gir de tilsvarende karbonyler for å oppnå en forbindelse med formelen B hvor Ri, R2, R3, R4. R5 og R20 har betydningen angitt ovenfor, - deretter blir behandling utført med et funksjonalisert alkyleringsmiddel og formyl- gruppen i forbindelsen med formel B dannet således blir avskåret under dannelse av en B-hydroksyester med den generelle formel C hvor Ri, R2, R3. R4. R5, R18. R19 og R20 har betydningen angitt ovenfor og R17 representerer OR6 og R6 representerer lavere-alkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere-cykloalkyl alkyl, lavere-alkenyl, lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl eller aryl eller lavere-arylalkyl; - nevnte forbindelse med den generelle formel C blir cyklisert under dannelse av p-hydroksylaktonforbindelsen med den generelle formel D hvor R-|, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19 og R20 har betydningen angitt ovenfor, - laktonet med den generelle formel D blir åpnet under dannelse av forbindelsen med formel E hvor Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19°9 R20 har betydningene angitt ovenfor; R16 representerer OR21 hvor R21 representerer H eller en lavere-alkyl; og R17 representerer OR6 eller NHR6 og R6 representerer H, en lavere-alkyl, cykloalkyl, lavere-cykloalkyl-alkyl, lavere-alkenyl, lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl eller aryl eller lavere-arylalkyl.18. Production method for the compounds with formulas I and II according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that: - α-hydroxylactone of camptothecin with the general formula where R-|, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R20 have the meaning given above, is reduced to the α-hydroxylactol of the general formula A where Ri, R2, R3. R4, R5 and R20 have the meanings given above, - in compound A thus formed the carbon-carbon bond connecting the neighboring carbinols is cut off by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent which gives the corresponding carbonyls to obtain a compound of the formula B where R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 . R5 and R20 have the meaning stated above, - treatment is then carried out with a functionalized alkylating agent and the formyl group in the compound of formula B thus formed is cut off to form a B-hydroxyester of the general formula C where Ri, R2, R3. R4. R5, R18. R 19 and R 20 have the meanings given above and R 17 represents OR 6 and R 6 represents lower-alkyl, cycloalkyl, lower-cycloalkyl alkyl, lower-alkenyl, lower-alkoxy-lower-alkyl or aryl or lower-arylalkyl; - said compound with the general formula C is cyclized to form the p-hydroxylactone compound with the general formula D where R-|, R2, R3, R4, R5, R18. R19 and R20 have the meanings given above, - the lactone of general formula D is opened to form the compound of formula E where R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 18 . R19°9 R20 have the meanings given above; R 16 represents OR 21 where R 21 represents H or a lower alkyl; and R 17 represents OR 6 or NHR 6 and R 6 represents H, a lower-alkyl, cycloalkyl, lower-cycloalkyl-alkyl, lower-alkenyl, lower-alkoxy-lower-alkyl or aryl or lower-arylalkyl. 19. Fremstillingsmetode for forbindelsene med formlene I og II ifølge hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 17, karakterisert ved at: - en forbindelse med den generelle formel M hvor R-j, R18 og R19 har betydningen angitt ovenfor og R20 representerer hydrogen eller et halogenatom, blir koblet med en 2-halogen-3-kinolin-metanol med den generelle formel N hvor Ri, R2, R3, R4 og R5 har betydningen angitt ovenfor og X representerer et halogenatom, under dannelse av forbindelsen med formel O hvor Ri t R2, R3, R4, R5, R18, R19, R20 og X har betydningen angitt ovenfor; - deretter blir forbindelsen med den generelle formel O cyklisert under dannelse av forbindelsen med den generelle formel D som definert ovenfor.19. Production method for the compounds with the formulas I and II according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that: - a compound with the general formula M where R-j, R18 and R19 have the meanings given above and R20 represents hydrogen or a halogen atom, is coupled with a 2-halo-3-quinoline-methanol of the general formula N where R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the meanings given above and X represents a halogen atom, forming the compound of formula O where Ri t R2, R3, R4, R5, R18, R19, R20 and X have the meanings given above; - then the compound with the general formula O is cyclized to form the compound with the general formula D as defined above. 20. Som nye industrielle produkter, forbindelsene med formel M hvor Ri er en lavere-alkyl, lavere-alkenyl, lavere-alkynyl, lavere-halogenalkyl, lavere-alkoksy-lavere-alkyl eller lavere-alkyltio-lavere-alkyl; R18 og R19 uavhengig representerer H, halogen, lavere-alkyl, lavere-alkoksy eller hydroksy; og R20 representerer H eller halogen idet det skal forstås at "lavere" når den angir alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoksy eller alkyltio, betyr opptil 6 karbonatomer.20. As new industrial products, the compounds of formula M wherein R 1 is a lower-alkyl, lower-alkenyl, lower-alkynyl, lower-haloalkyl, lower-alkoxy-lower-alkyl or lower-alkylthio-lower-alkyl; R 18 and R 19 independently represent H, halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or hydroxy; and R 20 represents H or halogen it being understood that "lower" when referring to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy or alkylthio means up to 6 carbon atoms. 21. Forbindelser ifølge krav 20, karakterisert ved at Ri representerer etyl og R18, R19 og R20 representerer H.21. Compounds according to claim 20, characterized in that Ri represents ethyl and R18, R19 and R20 represent H. 22. Som medikamenter produktene med formel (I) eller (II) som definert i krav 1 til 17, så vel som deres addisjonssalter med farmasøytisk akseptable mineral-ener organiske syrer av nevnte produkter med formel (I) eller (II).22. As medicaments the products of formula (I) or (II) as defined in claims 1 to 17, as well as their addition salts with pharmaceutically acceptable mineral-enes organic acids of said products of formula (I) or (II). 23. Farmasøytiske preparater inneholdende forbindelsene med formel (I) eller (II) som definert i krav 1 til 17, så vel som deres addisjonssalter med farmasøytisk akseptable mineral- eller organiske syrer av nevnte produkter med formel (I) eller (II).23. Pharmaceutical preparations containing the compounds of formula (I) or (II) as defined in claims 1 to 17, as well as their addition salts with pharmaceutically acceptable mineral or organic acids of said products of formula (I) or (II). 24. Anvendelse av produktene med formel (I) og (II) som definert i hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 17 til fremstilling av medikamenter for å hemme topoisomerase.24. Use of the products of formula (I) and (II) as defined in any of claims 1 to 17 for the manufacture of medicaments for inhibiting topoisomerase. 25. Anvendelse av produktene med formel (I) og (II) som definert i hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 17 til fremstilling av anti-tumorale medikamenter.25. Use of the products of formula (I) and (II) as defined in any of claims 1 to 17 for the preparation of anti-tumoral drugs. 26. Anvendelse av produktene med formel (I) og (II) som definert i hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 17 til fremstilling av anti-virale medikamenter.26. Use of the products of formula (I) and (II) as defined in any of claims 1 to 17 for the manufacture of anti-viral drugs. 27. Anvendelse av produktene med formel (I) og (II) som definert i hvilket som helst av kravene 1 til 17 til fremstilling av anti-parasittmedikamenter.27. Use of the products of formula (I) and (II) as defined in any of claims 1 to 17 for the manufacture of anti-parasitic drugs.
NO19975988A 1995-06-21 1997-12-19 New camptothecin analogs, their preparation methods, their use as pharmaceuticals and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogs NO316749B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB9512670.2A GB9512670D0 (en) 1995-06-21 1995-06-21 Camptothecin analogues
US61047696A 1996-03-04 1996-03-04
PCT/FR1996/000980 WO1997000876A1 (en) 1995-06-21 1996-06-21 Novel camptothecin analogues, preparation methods therefor, use thereof as drugs, and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogues

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
NO975988D0 NO975988D0 (en) 1997-12-19
NO975988L NO975988L (en) 1998-02-19
NO316749B1 true NO316749B1 (en) 2004-04-26

Family

ID=26307258

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
NO19975988A NO316749B1 (en) 1995-06-21 1997-12-19 New camptothecin analogs, their preparation methods, their use as pharmaceuticals and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogs

Country Status (24)

Country Link
EP (2) EP1251125B1 (en)
JP (2) JP3576171B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100440838B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1114608C (en)
AT (2) ATE224900T1 (en)
AU (1) AU716377B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9608639A (en)
CA (1) CA2225528C (en)
CL (1) CL2004001168A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ296156B6 (en)
DE (2) DE69635560T2 (en)
DK (2) DK1251125T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2184882T3 (en)
HK (3) HK1015783A1 (en)
IL (2) IL122635A (en)
MX (1) MX9710228A (en)
NO (1) NO316749B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ312715A (en)
PL (1) PL185354B1 (en)
PT (1) PT835258E (en)
RO (1) RO117918B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2164515C2 (en)
TW (1) TW457234B (en)
WO (1) WO1997000876A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2768431B1 (en) * 1997-08-29 2000-03-24 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL OPTICALLY PURE CAMPTOTHECIN ANALOGS, A NEW OPTICALLY PURE SYNTHESIS INTERMEDIATE AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME
FR2790261B1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2004-09-10 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL OPTICALLY PURE CAMPTOTHECIN ANALOGS AND PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION
FR2757515B1 (en) * 1996-12-20 2000-05-05 Sod Conseils Rech Applic PRODROUGAL FORMS AND NEW CAMPTOTHECIN ANALOGS, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR2757514B1 (en) * 1996-12-20 1999-02-12 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL CAMPTOTHECIN ANALOGS, PREPARATION METHODS, USE THEREOF AS MEDICAMENTS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
US6559309B2 (en) * 1996-11-01 2003-05-06 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation of a camptothecin derivative by intramolecular cyclisation
UA57757C2 (en) * 1996-12-20 2003-07-15 Сос'Єте Де Консей Де Решерш Е Даплікасьон С'Єнтіфік (С.К.Р.А.С.) FORMS OF PRODRUGS AND NEW ANALOGUES OF camptothecin, THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICINES
FR2772763B1 (en) * 1997-12-24 2004-01-23 Sod Conseils Rech Applic NOVEL TETRACYCLIC CAMPTOTHECIN ANALOGS, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
DE19826499A1 (en) * 1998-06-13 1999-12-16 Beiersdorf Ag Use of lactone, thiolactone and/or dithiolactone derivatives
US6207832B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2001-03-27 University Of Pittsburgh Camptothecin analogs and methods of preparation thereof
US6566372B1 (en) 1999-08-27 2003-05-20 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Bicyclic androgen and progesterone receptor modulator compounds and methods
AU6941200A (en) 1999-08-27 2001-03-26 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 8-substituted-6-trifluoromethyl-9-pyrido(3,2-g)quinoline compounds as androgen receptor modulators
BR0013597A (en) 1999-08-27 2002-07-16 Ligand Pharm Inc Androgen receptor modulating compounds and methods
PE20010647A1 (en) 1999-09-14 2001-06-23 Lilly Co Eli RETINOID X RECEPTOR MODULATORS (RXR) WITH IMPROVED PHARMACOLOGICAL PROFILE
FR2801309B1 (en) * 1999-11-18 2002-01-04 Adir NOVEL CAMPTOTHECIN-LIKE COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
CZ298259B6 (en) 2000-02-28 2007-08-08 Aventis Pharma S. A. Pharmaceutical combinations containing CPT-11 and capecitabine for treating cancer
US6486320B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-11-26 Aventis Pharma S.A. Preparation of camptothecin and of its derivatives
EP1333820A2 (en) 2000-10-27 2003-08-13 Aventis Pharma S.A. A combination comprising camptothecin and a stilbene derivative for the treatment of cancer
US6372906B1 (en) 2001-04-12 2002-04-16 University Of Pittsburgh Synthesis of silyl camptothecins and silyl homocamptothecins
FR2825278A1 (en) * 2001-05-30 2002-12-06 Sod Conseils Rech Applic PRODUCT COMPRISING MIKANOLIDE, DIHYDROMIKANOLIDE OR AN ANALOGUE THEREOF IN ASSOCIATION WITH ANOTHER ANTI-CANCER AGENT FOR THERAPEUTIC USE IN THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
US6723853B2 (en) 2001-08-27 2004-04-20 University Of Pittsburgh Intermediates and methods of preparation of intermediates in the enantiomeric synthesis of (20R)homocamptothecins and the enantiomeric synthesis of (20R)homocamptothecins
WO2003074524A2 (en) * 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 University Of Pittsburgh Mappicine analogs, intermediates in the synthesis of mappicine analogs and methods of synthesis of mappicine analogs
ITRM20020305A1 (en) 2002-05-31 2003-12-01 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti CAMPTOTECINE WITH MODIFIED LATTON RING.
ITRM20030344A1 (en) * 2003-07-14 2005-01-15 Ist Naz Stud Cura Dei Tumori 7-N-POLIAMMINOALCHIL (BONES) IMMINOMETILCAMPTOTECINE BETWEEN PROTECTIVE GROUPS.
CN100408582C (en) * 2004-02-12 2008-08-06 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 Homocamptoth-ecine compounds, their preparation process and use
ITRM20040288A1 (en) * 2004-06-11 2004-09-11 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti USE OF 7-T-BUTOXYIMINOMETHYL CAMPTOTECIN FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICATION FOR THE TREATMENT OF UTERUS NEOPLASIES.
WO2006069344A2 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Controlled release hydrogels
CN100339377C (en) * 2005-09-05 2007-09-26 合肥中科大生物技术有限公司 Camptothecine derivative and its preparation
CN1319971C (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-06-06 合肥中科大生物技术有限公司 Camptothecine derivatives and their use
CN100465175C (en) * 2005-11-29 2009-03-04 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 7-bit substituted comptothecine kind compound and pharmaceutical use thereof
CN1319970C (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-06-06 合肥中科大生物技术有限公司 Camptothecin derivative used as anti-tumor agent and preparation method thereof
CA2658015A1 (en) 2006-03-30 2007-10-11 Diatos S.A. Camptothecin-peptide conjugates and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
PL2007386T3 (en) * 2006-04-19 2013-01-31 Crown Bioscience Inc Camptothecin-analog with a novel, flipped lactone-stable, e-ring and methods for making and using same
CN101220037B (en) * 2008-01-31 2011-02-16 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 10-substitution homocamptothecin compounds and uses
CN100592871C (en) * 2008-03-14 2010-03-03 浙江林学院 Insecticide composition and its processing method
CN101979392A (en) * 2010-09-26 2011-02-23 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 7-arylethylene substituted high camptothecin compound and application thereof as medicament
US20140086975A1 (en) 2010-10-15 2014-03-27 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Hydrogel formulation for dermal and ocular delivery
CN102746314B (en) * 2011-04-18 2016-07-06 华东师范大学 Containing stablizing the camptothecine compounds of 7 yuan of lactonic rings, preparation method and purposes
CN105601641B (en) * 2015-12-22 2018-01-16 兰州大学 7 piperazine sulfonamide camptothecine compounds, Preparation method and uses
CN106478648B (en) * 2016-09-21 2018-11-06 桑迪亚医药技术(上海)有限责任公司 A kind of hCPT compound and its synthetic method
CN111777608B (en) * 2020-07-08 2021-08-03 湖北精瑜材料有限公司 Novel plant modified quinoline quaternary ammonium salt compound, preparation method and application
WO2023232145A1 (en) * 2022-06-02 2023-12-07 华东师范大学 Small molecule of homocamptothecins and use thereof

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5162532A (en) * 1990-12-20 1992-11-10 North Carolina State University Intermediates and method of making camptothecin and camptothecin analogs
US5391745A (en) * 1992-07-23 1995-02-21 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Methods of preparation of camptothecin analogs

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO1997000876A1 (en) 1997-01-09
ATE224900T1 (en) 2002-10-15
HK1056726A1 (en) 2004-02-27
CL2004001168A1 (en) 2005-05-20
DK0835258T3 (en) 2003-02-03
IL122635A0 (en) 1998-08-16
JP2004123756A (en) 2004-04-22
RO117918B1 (en) 2002-09-30
EP1251125B1 (en) 2005-12-07
DE69635560T2 (en) 2006-08-17
EP0835258B1 (en) 2002-09-25
MX9710228A (en) 1998-03-31
PT835258E (en) 2003-02-28
CN1192740A (en) 1998-09-09
AU6460896A (en) 1997-01-22
EP1251125A2 (en) 2002-10-23
NO975988D0 (en) 1997-12-19
CZ296156B6 (en) 2006-01-11
CN1114608C (en) 2003-07-16
RU2164515C2 (en) 2001-03-27
KR100440838B1 (en) 2004-12-17
ES2184882T3 (en) 2003-04-16
EP1251125A3 (en) 2002-12-11
DK1251125T3 (en) 2006-04-18
DE69635560D1 (en) 2006-01-12
JPH11508249A (en) 1999-07-21
ES2254600T3 (en) 2006-06-16
DE69623961T2 (en) 2003-05-08
JP3576171B2 (en) 2004-10-13
TW457234B (en) 2001-10-01
EP0835258A1 (en) 1998-04-15
HK1015783A1 (en) 1999-10-22
NO975988L (en) 1998-02-19
CA2225528C (en) 2007-06-05
PL324339A1 (en) 1998-05-25
PL185354B1 (en) 2003-04-30
KR19990028263A (en) 1999-04-15
IL128044A0 (en) 1999-11-30
CA2225528A1 (en) 1997-01-09
IL122635A (en) 2001-10-31
HK1050686A1 (en) 2003-07-04
CZ415397A3 (en) 1998-08-12
NZ312715A (en) 2000-01-28
ATE312105T1 (en) 2005-12-15
AU716377B2 (en) 2000-02-24
DE69623961D1 (en) 2002-10-31
BR9608639A (en) 1999-06-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
NO316749B1 (en) New camptothecin analogs, their preparation methods, their use as pharmaceuticals and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogs
JP2004123756A6 (en) Novel homolog of camptothecin, method for producing the same, use thereof as a medicament, and pharmaceutical composition containing the same
KR100516873B1 (en) Pro-drugs and Counterparts of Camptothecin, Their Application as Medicines
US5981542A (en) Camptothecin analogues, preparation methods therefor, use thereof as drugs, and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogues
RU2194051C2 (en) Novel analogs of camptothecin, their use as drugs and pharmaceutical compositions comprising thereof
US6339091B1 (en) Comptothecin analogues, preparation methods therefor, use thereof as drugs, and pharmaceutical compositions containing said analogues
RU2190613C2 (en) Camptothecin analogs, methods of their synthesis and pharmaceutical composition based on thereof
US6762301B2 (en) Analogues of camptothecin, their use as medicaments and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US6815546B2 (en) Analogues of camptothecin, their use as medicaments and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them
MXPA99005768A (en) Pro-drugs and counterparts of camptothecin, their application as medicines
IL128044A (en) 1, 4, 5, 9-TETRAHYDRO-5-HYDROXY - 5- SUBSTITUTED-OXEPINO [3, 4 - c] - PYRIDINE-3, 9-DIONES AND THEIR PREPARATION

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM1K Lapsed by not paying the annual fees